Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Restaurants / J D Wetherspoon

J D Wetherspoon

jdw · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jdw
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Restaurants
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · J D Wetherspoon
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
J D Wetherspoon plc 
Wetherspoon House, Central Park 
Reeds Crescent, Watford, WD24 4QL

01923 477777
jdwetherspoon.com

J D Wetherspoon plc

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020

J

D
W
e
t
h
e
r
s
p
o
o
n

p

l
c

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T
A
N
D
F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2
0
2
0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wetherspoon owns  
and operates pubs 
throughout the UK  
and Ireland. The  
company aims to  
provide customers  
with good-quality  
food and drinks,  
served by well-trained  
and friendly staff, at 
reasonable prices. 

The pubs are  
individually designed,  
and the company aims  
to maintain them in 
excellent condition.

Contents 

SECTION 1 

1 

Financial highlights 

Chairman’s statement 

2 
14  Pre-IFRS 16 Income statement1 
14  Reconciliation to statutory profit1 
15  Pre-IFRS 16 Cash flow statement1  
16  Pre-IFRS 16 Balance sheet1 

17 

Income statement 

17  Statement of comprehensive income 

18  Cash flow statement  

19  Balance sheet 

20  Statement of changes in equity 

21  Notes to the financial statements 

SECTION 2 

54  Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with IFRSs 

54  Accounting policies 

62  Strategic report 

66 

Independent auditors’ report 

74  Directors, officers and advisers 

75  Directors’ report 

78  Directors’ remuneration report 

88  Corporate governance 

94 

Information for shareholders 

95  Pubs opened and closed during the period 

Financial calendar 

Annual general meeting 
17 December 2020 

Interim report for 2021 
March 2021 

Year end 
25 July 2021 

Preliminary announcement for 2021 
September 2021 

View this report online: 
jdwetherspoon.com/investors-home 

1. In the period the company adopted IFRS 16 leases with effect from 29 July 2019 which replaced the previous applicable accounting standard, IAS 17 Leases. To 
provide meaningful comparatives an income statement, cash flow and balance sheet under IAS 17 have been published on pages 14–16. These pages do not form part of 
the audited financial statements and are prepared under the previous year’s accounting standards. 

Untitled-3   1

06/11/2020   16:46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

SECTION 1 

Like-for-like sales 
-29.5%

Revenue £1,262.0m 
(2019: £1,818.8m) 
-30.6%

Free cash flow1 -£58.9m 
(2019: £97.0m) 
-160.7%

Free cash flow1 per share -54.2p 
(2019: 92.0p) 
-158.9%

Full-year dividend 0.0p 
(2019: 12.0p) 
-100.0%

Contribution to the economy: 
taxes paid £560.9m (2019: £764.4m) 
-26.6%

Before exceptional items 

After exceptional items2 

Operating profit4 £7.2m 
(Post-IFRS 16: £17.0m) 
(2019: £131.9m) 
-94.6%

Operating (loss)/profit4 -£6.0m 
(Post IFRS 16: £3.8m) 
(2019: £131.9m) 
-104.6%

(Loss)/profit before tax4 -£34.1m 
(Post IFRS 16: -£44.7m) 
(2019: £102.5m) 
-133.3%

(Loss)/profit before tax4 -£94.8m 
(Post IFRS 16: -£105.4m) 
(2019: £95.4m) 
-199.3%

Earnings per share4 
(including shares held in trust) -27.6p 
(Post IFRS 16: -35.5p) 
(2019: 75.5p) 
-136.6%

Earnings per share4 
(including shares held in trust) -82.6p 
(Post IFRS 16: -89.9p) 
(2019: 69.0p) 
-219.7%

Non-financial measures 

Food hygiene rating3 4.96 out of 5 
(2019: 4.97) 
-0.2%

Pub manager length of service 
12.9 years 
(2019: 12.2 years) 

1 Free cash flow is defined in note 8 and in the company’s accounting policies. The calculation of free cash flow can be found on the cash flow statement. 
2 Exceptional items as disclosed in the notes to the annual report and financial statements, note 4. 
3 An average score of the pubs listed on the Food Standards Agency’s website.  
4 Excluding impact of IFRS 16. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

1 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Financial performance 

The company was founded in 1979 – and this is the 37th year since incorporation in 1983. 
The table below outlines some key aspects of our performance during that period. 

Summary accounts for the years ended July 1984 to 2020 

Financial year  

Total sales  

1984 
1985 
1986 
1987 
1988 
1989 
1990 
1991 
1992 
1993 
1994 
1995 
1996 
1997 
1998 
1999 
2000 
2001 
2002 
2003 
2004 
2005 
2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 

£000 
818 
1,890 
2,197 
3,357 
3,709 
5,584 
7,047 
13,192 
21,380 
30,800 
46,600 
68,536 
100,480 
139,444 
188,515 
269,699 
369,628 
483,968 
601,295 
730,913 
787,126 
809,861 
847,516 
888,473 
907,500 
955,119 
996,327 
1,072,014 
1,197,129 
1,280,929 
1,409,333 
1,513,923 
1,595,197 
1,660,750 
1,693,818 
1,818,793 
1,262,048 

Profit/(loss)  
before tax and 
exceptional items 
£000 
(7) 
185 
219 
382 
248 
789 
603 
1,098 
2,020 
4,171 
6,477 
9,713 
15,200 
17,566 
20,165 
26,214 
36,052 
44,317 
53,568 
56,139 
54,074 
47,177 
58,388 
62,024 
58,228 
66,155 
71,015 
66,781 
72,363 
76,943 
79,362 
77,798 
80,610 
102,830 
107,249 
102,459 
(34,095) 

Earnings 
per share before 
exceptional items 
pence  
0 
0.2 
0.2 
0.3 
0.3 
0.6 
0.4 
0.8 
1.9 
3.3 
3.6 
4.9 
7.8 
8.7 
9.9 
12.9 
11.8 
14.2 
16.6 
17.0 
17.7 
16.9 
24.1 
28.1 
27.6 
32.6 
36.0 
34.1 
39.8 
44.8 
47.0 
47.0 
48.3 
69.2 
79.2 
75.5 
(27.6) 

Free cash flow 

Free cash flow   

£000 

per share  

pence  

915 
732 
1,236 
3,563 
5,079 
5,837 
13,495 
20,968 
28,027 
28,448 
40,088 
49,296 
61,197 
71,370 
83,097 
73,477 
68,774 
69,712 
52,379 
71,411 
99,494 
71,344 
78,818 
91,542 
65,349 
92,850 
109,778 
90,485 
107,936 
93,357 
96,998 
(58,852) 

0.4 
0.4 
0.6 
2.1 
3.9 
3.6 
7.4 
11.2 
14.4 
14.5 
20.3 
24.2 
29.1 
33.5 
38.8 
36.7 
37.1 
42.1 
35.6 
50.6 
71.7 
52.9 
57.7 
70.4 
51.8 
74.1 
89.8 
76.7 
97.0 
88.4 
92.0 
(54.2) 

Notes 
Adjustments to statutory numbers 
1. Where appropriate, the earnings per share (EPS), as disclosed in the 
statutory accounts, have been recalculated to take account of share splits, 
the issue of new shares and capitalisation issues. 
2. Free cash flow per share excludes dividends paid which were included  
in the free cash flow calculations in the annual report and accounts for 
the years 1995–2000. 

3. The weighted average number of shares, EPS and free cash flow per 
share include those shares held in trust for employee share schemes. 
4. Before 2005, the accounts were prepared under UKGAAP.  
All accounts from 2005 to date have been prepared under IFRS. 
5. Apart from the items in notes 1–4, all numbers are as reported in 
each year’s published accounts 
6. Financial year 2020 data is based on pre-IFRS 16 numbers. 

2 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Hygiene record and reopening preparations 
For many years, Wetherspoon has emphasised the 
importance of hygiene standards, an area under 
close scrutiny today. Local authorities run a ‘scores 
on the doors’ scheme in England, Wales and 
Northern Ireland; this awards pubs from zero to five 
stars, following inspections by environmental health 
officers. Wetherspoon is rated the top large pub 
company, averaging 4.96 out of a maximum of five, 
with 758 pubs scoring a maximum of five. 

Before pubs reopened after lockdown, the company, 
after consultation with employees, local authorities, 
the police and licensing officers, invested £13.1m to 
ensure that its staff and customers were safe. 

Since reopening, Wetherspoon has operated 
comprehensive social distancing and hygiene 
practices in all of its pubs. These include reduced 
capacity levels, the spacing-out of tables, the 
installation of floor screens between tables and the 
addition of till-surround screens at the bar.  

Staff conduct regular surface-cleaning, so that all 
hand contact-points in our pubs are frequently 
cleaned and sanitised throughout the day. 
Numerous hand sanitisers have been installed in 
each pub. All pubs are also thoroughly cleaned at 
the end of every trading day. 

The financial consequences of the UK 
government’s Covid-19 policies 
The financial effects of the closure of pubs by the 
government in March, which lasted for 
approximately three months, were severe. Pretax 
profits* of £102m in the financial year ended July 
2019 were followed by a loss of £34m* in the year of 
the lockdown – the financial year ended July 2020. 
In addition, exceptional costs of £29.1m were 
incurred in respect of Covid-19-related matters in 
FY20. 

Wetherspoon and other pub and restaurant 
companies have always generated far more in taxes 
than is earned in profits. Wetherspoon generated 
total taxes of £764m in FY19 (see table below). In 
FY20, mainly as a result of the lockdown, total taxes 
paid to the government declined by £327m to 
£437m, net of furlough payments. 

Taxes generated by Wetherspoon (including 
staff and customers): 

VAT 
Alcohol duty 
PAYE and NIC 
Business rates 
Corporation tax 
Machine duty 
Climate change levy 
Carbon tax 
Fuel duty 
Stamp duty 
Sugar tax 
Premise licence and TV licences 

TOTAL TAX 

Tax per pub (£000) 

Tax as % of sales 
Furlough tax rebate 
TOTAL TAX ADJUSTED FOR 
FURLOUGH TAX REBATE 
Tax per pub adjusted for 
furlough tax rebate (£000) 

2020 
£m 
244.3 
124.2 
106.6 
39.5 
21.5 
9.0 
6.1 
0.0 
1.7 
4.9 
2.0 
1.1 

560.9 

677.6 

2019 
£m 
357.9 
174.4 
121.4 
57.3 
19.9 
11.6 
10.4 
1.9 
2.2 
3.7 
2.9 
0.8 

764.4 

871.4 

44.4% 
-124.2 

42.0% 
0 

436.7 

764.4 

527.6 

871.4 

Mainly as a result of the lockdown, there have been 
substantial further ‘knock-on’ effects on the sales 
and profits of our third-party suppliers and 
contractors, ranging from large international brewers 
to architects, builders and small suppliers, such as 
window cleaners. Their losses are difficult to 
quantify, but we estimate that the total cost to the 
UK economy – to Wetherspoon (decline in profits 
equals £165.6m), the government (decline in tax 
generated equals £327.7m) and third parties – of 
closing Wetherspoon’s pubs for approximately three 
months in the financial year was probably over 
£500m.  

The academic, medical and political worlds have 
been split regarding the efficacy of lockdowns and 
the extent to which they confer health benefits which 
might justify these costs. SAGE members and the 
government appear broadly to believe that 
lockdowns improve health outcomes, whereas 
Professors Gupta and Heneghan of Oxford 
University, Professor Woolhouse of Edinburgh 
University, Nobel Prize winner Professor Levitt of 
Stanford University and many others broadly take 
the opposite view. 

* Before exceptional items 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

In general, Wetherspoon supports the Swedish view 
of Professor Johan Giesecke, Anders Tegnell and 
others, which emphasises social distancing, hand-
washing and trusting the people, rather than 
coercive measures such as lockdowns, curfews and 
fines, favoured by the UK government and its 
advisers. It seems to us that the Swedish approach 
is working relatively well, with fewer fatalities per 
million people than the UK, Spain and Italy, for 
example, as well as materially less economic 
damage. 

Examples of important contributions to the debate 
also include those of writer Mathew Parris, who has 
argued that the view against lockdown is 
‘mainstream’ and is under-represented in some 
sections of the media, and former Supreme Court 
judge Jonathan Sumption QC, who has argued that 
the use of emergency powers has infringed basic 
democratic rights and led to poor administrative 
standards. 

Covid-19- the risks associated with pubs 
There have been approximately 46 million customer 
visits to Wetherspoon’s UK pubs since 4 July. There 
have been no instances reported to Wetherspoon 
through the NHS test and trace system, or from 
local health officials, of a transfer of the virus from 
staff to customers or vice versa – or among 
customers. 

There has been one case in which enquiries by 
Wetherspoon auditors and local authority health 
officials concluded that insufficient social distancing 
in staff areas, not accessible to customers, probably 
resulted in four staff members testing positive. 
Following this incident, further training and 
information were provided to all Wetherspoon staff. 

Many people presume that pubs are likely to be 
centres of virus transmission – it’s 
‘commonsensical’, as one government minister 
recently said. However counterintuitive though it 
may be, that does not appear to be the case. As 
Professor Johan Giesecke said in April (see Sky 
News interview, appendix 1): “If you don’t get too 
close to other people, they won’t infect you.” The 
pub industry generally has worked very hard to 
maintain social distancing and Covid-safe 
environments, with considerable success. 

As Councillor Ian Ward, leader of Birmingham City 
Council, has said: 

“The data we have shows that the infection rate has 
risen, mainly due to social interactions, particularly 
private household gatherings. In shops and 
hospitality venues there are strict measures in place 
to ensure they are Covid-safe, whereas it is much 
easier to inadvertently pass on the virus in 
someone’s house, where people are more relaxed 
and less vigilant.” 

Following a significant increase in testing in the UK, 
429 (1%) Wetherspoon employees have tested 
positive for the virus since 4 July – from a total of 
43,000 employees. In the UK as a whole, there 
have been 603,716 (0.9%) positive tests (as at 
Sunday 11 October, www.worldometers.info). 
Comparative information is not widely available, but 
Amazon, for example, recently reported 20,000 
positive tests among its 1.37 million US employees 
(1.5%). If pubs were, indeed, ‘centres of 
transmission’, it might be expected that infection 
rates would be higher among employees than those 
of either the general population or companies like 
Amazon. 

Internal enquiries indicate that most Wetherspoon 
employees who tested positive have had mild 
symptoms or been asymptomatic.  

Certainty is impossible, yet it appears that most 
positive tests resulted from contacts outside of work. 
670 pubs (77%) have had zero positive tests among 
staff; 116 pubs (13%) have had one positive test; 85 
pubs (10%) have had two or more positive tests. 

Financial outcome 
Total sales in the financial year were £1,262.0m, a 
decrease of 30.6%. Like-for-like sales decreased by 
29.5%, having increased by 5.9% in the first half. 
Bar sales decreased by 29.3%, food sales by 
30.1%, slot/fruit machine sales by 20.9% and hotel 
room sales by 38.7%. 

Pre-IFRS 16 operating profit, before exceptional 
items decreased by 94.6% to £7.2m (2019: 
£131.9m). The operating margin, before exceptional 
items was 0.6% (2019: 7.3%). 

Pre-IFRS 16 profit before tax and exceptional items 
decreased by 133.3% to -£34.1m (2019: £102.5m), 
including property losses of £0.6m (2019: £5.6m). 
Earnings per share, including shares held in trust by 
the employee share scheme, before exceptional 
items, were -27.6p (2019: 75.5p). 

Net interest was covered 0.3 times by operating 
profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
(2019: 3.9 times).  

Total capital investment was £171.6m in the period 
(2019: £167.6m), almost all of which occurred, or 
was contracted, before lockdown. £41.0m was 
invested in new pubs and pub extensions (2019: 
£35.2m), £32.1m in existing pubs and IT (2019: 
£55.2m) and £98.5m in freehold reversions, where 
Wetherspoon was already a tenant (2019: £77.2m). 

Exceptional items totalled £60.7m (2019: £7.0m). 
There was a £3.5m loss on disposal, an impairment 
charge of £44.0m, expenditure in relation to Covid-
19 of £29.1m and a credit of £15.9m in respect of a 
long-standing claim with HMRC for VAT on fruit/slot 
machines. 

4 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

The total cash effect of exceptional items was a net 
cash outflow of £10.6m. There was an outflow 
related to Covid-19 expenditure of £23.2m, while 
beer and food stock losses, as a result of lockdown, 
were £5.9m. An inflow resulted from a successful 
HMRC fruit/slot machine VAT claim of £15.9m and 
pub disposal receipts of £2.6m. Since the current 
pub disposal programme started in 2015, it has 
produced a net inflow of £23m from the disposal of 
109 pubs. 

Free cash flow, after capital payments of £44.3m for 
existing pubs (2019: £54.3m), £11.1m for share 
purchases for employees (2019: £16.0m) and 
payments of tax and interest, decreased by 
£155.9m to -£58.9m (2019: £97.0m). Free cash flow 
per share was -54.2p (2019: 92.0p). 

IFRS 16 
On 29 July 2019, the company adopted the IFRS 16 
leases standard. For the year ending 26 July 2020, 
as a result of the new standard, EBITDA has 
increased by £58.5m and operating profit by £9.8m. 
Finance costs increased by £21.5m. There will be 
no impact on cash flows, except in relation to tax 
payments. As a result of this new accounting 
standard, gross assets as at 26 July 2020 are 
£521.1m higher than last year and net assets are 
£8.0m lower. 

Management actions 
The company implemented an extensive set of 
measures to safeguard the business when the 
government closed pubs in March. These measures 
included the cancellation of the dividend, the raising 
of equity, a reduction in capital expenditure and the 
introduction of the government furlough scheme for 
employees.  

Following a downturn of trade in the pub and 
restaurant industry, the company took the difficult 
decision to reduce the number of employees at its 
head office by 108. It has also started a consultation 
process to reduce staff numbers at airport pubs, 
where sales are generally much lower and where a 
high percentage is closed. 

Dividends and return of capital 
No interim dividend was paid in March 2020. The 
board is not proposing a final dividend payment for 
the year.  

During the year, 419,741 shares (0.40% of the 
share capital) were purchased by the company for 
cancellation, at a cost of £6.5m, an average cost per 
share of 1,523p. 

Financing 
As at 26 July 2020, the company’s total net debt, 
excluding derivatives, was £817.0m (2019: 
£737.0m), an increase of £80.0m. 

Year-end net-debt-to-EBITDA ratio was 9.48 times 
(2019: 3.36 times) – EBITDA was £133m lower and 
net debt increased by £80m in 2020. The company 
has a waiver agreement in place, against the 
financial covenant tests, which extends to October 
2021. 

As at 26 July 2020, the company had £194.0m 
(2019: £158.0m) of cash or cash equivalents. There 
has been an increase in total facilities to £993.0m 
(2019: £895.0m), following the addition of a US 
private placement in August 2019.  

In August 2020, the company raised an additional 
£48.3m under the coronavirus large business 
interruption loan scheme (CLBILS). 

In order to try to avoid increased costs, the 
company has fixed its LIBOR interest rates in 
respect of £770m until March 2029. The weighted 
average cost of the swaps is 2.42% for this financial 
year (excluded the banks’ margin); this will reduce 
to 1.61% at the end of July 2021. 

The company has fully drawn down its revolving 
credit facility. As previously stated, it is the 
company’s intention that the maximum net-debt-to-
EBITDA ratio should be around 3.5 times, other 
than in the short term. The ratio has risen mainly as 
a result of the temporary closure of pubs. The 
company intends to reduce the level in a timely 
manner, as and when more normal trading 
conditions resume. The company has previously 
stated that debt levels of between 0 and 2 times 
EBITDA are a sensible long-term benchmark, 
although higher levels may be justified at times of 
very low interest rates. 

The company conducted a non-pre-emptive placing 
of 15% of the company’s issued ordinary share 
capital to raise £141m, with a good level of support 
from institutional investors; directors and members 
of the senior management team participated, 
alongside the equity placing, to raise a further 
£0.3m. The net proceeds were used to strengthen 
the company’s balance sheet, working capital and 
liquidity position. 

Taxation 
The current tax credit (ie the cash which the 
company will receive from HMRC) for the period is 
£2.6m (2019: £22.5m charge). The rate of 
corporation tax recovered on current year losses is 
4.5%. The ‘accounting’ tax credit, which appears in 
the income statement, is £6.2m (2019: £22.8m). 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

The company is awaiting an HMRC refund of excise 
duty totalling £524k, in relation to goods sent to the 
Republic of Ireland, when pubs first opened in the 
country. The company has been charged excise 
duty on the same goods twice, as they were 
purchased in the UK, and excise duty was paid in 
full, then Irish excise duty was also paid in full, when 
the goods were sent to Ireland. To ensure that 
taxpayers aren’t subject to ‘double taxation’, there 
are provisions in place to allow the UK duty to be 
reclaimed from HMRC (‘duty drawback’). However, 
owing to alleged procedural omissions, the 
company has been unable to reclaim this duty, even 
though it is transparently clear that the duty has 
been paid. 

VAT equality 
As we have previously stated, the government 
would generate more revenue and jobs if it were to 
create tax equality among supermarkets, pubs and 
restaurants. Supermarkets pay virtually no VAT in 
respect of food sales, whereas pubs pay 20%. This 
has enabled supermarkets to subsidise the price of 
alcoholic drinks, widening the price gap, to the 
detriment of pubs and restaurants. 

Pubs also pay around 20 pence a pint in business 
rates, whereas supermarkets pay only about 2 
pence, creating further inequality. 

Pubs have lost 50% of their beer sales to 
supermarkets in the last 35 or so years. 
 It makes no sense for supermarkets to be treated 
more leniently than pubs, since pubs generate far 
more jobs per pint or meal than do supermarkets, as 
well as far higher levels of tax. Pubs also make an 
important contribution to the social life of many 
communities and have better visibility and control of 
those who consume alcoholic drinks. 

Tax equality is particularly important for residents of 
less affluent areas, since the tax differential is more 
important there – people can less afford to pay the 
difference in prices between the on and off trade.  

As a result, in these less affluent areas, there are 
often fewer pubs, coffee shops and restaurants, with 
less employment and increased high-street 
dereliction. 

Tax equality would also be in line with the principle 
of fairness in applying taxes to different businesses. 

On 8 July 2020, the chancellor, Rishi Sunak, 
announced a temporary reduction in VAT to 5% in 
respect of food and non-alcoholic drinks sales. As a 
result, the company lowered its pricing on a wide 
range of products, including food, soft drinks and 
real ale. If the chancellor decides to make these 
VAT reductions permanent, the company intends to 
retain these lower prices indefinitely. 

Corporate governance 
The comments made in last year’s annual report are 
just as relevant today and are repeated here: 

“The underlying ethos of corporate governance is to 
comply with the guidelines or to explain why you do 
not. 

The original creators of the rules must have realised 
that business success takes many forms, so a rigid 
structure, applicable to all companies cannot be 
devised – hence the requirement to explain non-
compliance. 

Wetherspoon has always explained its approach. 
For example, in 2016, our approach to corporate 
governance was summed up in the annual report as 
follows: 

“..I have said that many aspects of current corporate 
governance advice, as laid out in the Combined 
Code, are deeply flawed…” 

I then went on to say: 
“I believe that the following propositions represent 
the views of sensible shareholders: 

The Code itself is faulty, since it places excessive 
emphasis on meetings between directors and 
shareholders and places almost no emphasis on 
directors taking account of the views of customers 
and employees which are far more important, in 
practice, to the future well-being of any company. 

For example, in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (September 2014), there are 64 references to 
shareholders, but only three to employees and none 
to customers – this emphasis is clearly mistaken. 
 The average institutional shareholder turns over 
his portfolio twice annually, so it is advisable for 
directors to be wary of the often perverse views of 
‘Mr Market’ (in the words of Benjamin Graham), 
certainly in respect of very short-term shareholders.  
 A major indictment of the governance industry is 
that modern annual reports are far too long and 
often unreadable. They are full of semiliterate 
business jargon, including accounting jargon, and 
are cluttered with badly written and 
incomprehensible governance reports. 
 It would be very helpful for companies, 
shareholders and the public, if the limitations of 
corporate governance systems were explicitly 
recognised. Common sense, management skills 
and business savvy are more important to 
commercial success than board structures. All of the 
major banks and many supermarket and pub 
companies have suffered colossal business and 
financial problems, in spite of, or perhaps because 
of, their adherence to inadvisable governance 
guidelines. 
 There should be an approximately equal balance 
between executives and non-executives. A majority 
of executives is not necessarily harmful, provided 
that non-executives are able to make their voices 
heard. 

6 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

 It is often better if a chairman has previously been 
the chief executive of the company. This 
encourages chief executives, who may wish to 
become a chairman in future, to take a long-term 
view, avoiding problems of profit-maximisation 
policies in the years running up to the departure of a 
chief executive. 
 A maximum tenure of nine years for non-
executive directors is not advisable, since 
inexperienced boards, unfamiliar with the effects of 
the ‘last recession’ on their companies, are likely to 
reduce financial stability. 
 An excessive focus on achieving financial or other 
targets for executives can be counter-productive. 
There’s no evidence that the type of targets 
preferred by corporate governance guidelines 
actually works and there is considerable evidence 
that attempting to reach ambitious financial targets 
is harmful. 
 As indicated above, it is far more important for 
directors to take account of the views of employees 
and customers than of the views of institutional 
shareholders. Shareholders should be listened to 
with respect, but caution should be exercised in 
implementing the views of short-term shareholders. 
It should also be understood that modern 
institutional shareholders may have a serious 
conflict of interest, as they are often concerned with 
their own quarterly portfolio performance, whereas 
corporate health often requires objectives which lie 
five, 10 or 20 years in the future.”  

I also quoted Sam Walton of Walmart in the 2014 
annual report. He said: 
“What’s really worried me over the years is not our 
stock price, but that we might someday fail to take 
care of our customers or that our managers might 
fail to motivate and take care of our (employees)…. 
Those challenges are more real than somebody’s 
theory that we’re heading down the wrong 
path….As business leaders, we absolutely cannot 
afford to get all caught up in trying to meet the goals 
that some … institution … sets for us. If we do that, 
we take our eye off the ball…. If we fail to live up to 
somebody’s hypothetical projection for what we 
should be doing, I don’t care. We couldn’t care less 
about what is forecast or what the market says we 
ought to do.” 

It is, therefore, very disappointing that one large 
institutional shareholder does not appear, by its 
actions, to support the central tenet of our stance on 
the issue of governance, which is that experience is 
extremely important and that the so-called ‘nine-
year rule’ is perverse and counterproductive.  

This shareholder failed to support the re-election of 
two of our non-executive directors at last year’s 
AGM. I arranged a meeting, in April 2019, for all of 
our main institutional shareholders, to further 
explain our position, which the shareholder in 
question failed to attend. I then arranged a further 
meeting, in May 2019, with the shareholder at that 
shareholder’s office.  

Following the meeting, there was no confirmation 
that the shareholder would support the re-election of 
our long-serving non-executive directors. As a 
result, three of our four non-executives, in the best 
interests of the company, offered to leave, on a 
rotational basis.  

The company contacted all of its main shareholders 
to inform them of this proposal. The shareholder in 
question agreed. However, several other 
shareholders expressed their discontent with the 
proposed resignations.  
The executive board and I feel strongly that these 
sorts of board change disrupt and weaken the 
company. I wrote to the shareholder on 9 
September 2019 to ask them to reconsider their 
position, but have not received a reply.  

Wetherspoon has had harmonious relationships 
with almost all of its shareholders over many years 
and has complied with the corporate governance 
requirement for explanation. Judging from the 
absence of any adverse comment, our approach 
has generally been accepted by investors. 

This year’s annual general meeting will take place 
on 17 December 2020. 

Further progress 
As always, the company has tried to improve as 
many areas of the business as possible, on a week-
to-week basis, rather than aiming for ‘big ideas’ or 
grand strategies. Frequent calls on pubs by senior 
executives, the encouragement of criticism from pub 
staff and customers and the involvement of pub and 
area managers, among others, in weekly decisions, 
are the keys to success. 

We now have 781 pubs rated on the Food 
Standards Agency’s website – the average score is 
4.96, with 96.9% of the pubs achieving a top rating 
of five stars and 2.3% receiving four stars. We 
believe this to be the highest average rating for any 
substantial pub company. 

In the separate Scottish scheme, which records 
either a ‘pass’ or a ‘fail’, all of our 62 pubs have 
passed. 

We paid £33m in respect of bonuses and free 
shares to employees in the year, of which 98% was 
paid to staff below board level and 87% was paid to 
staff working in our pubs. 

The company has been recognised as a Top 
Employer UK (2020) by The Top Employers Institute 
for the 17th consecutive year.  

Thanks to fantastic efforts by our employees and 
customers, in association with the charity CLIC 
Sargent, approximately £1.1m was raised, bringing 
the total (since August 2002) to over £18.7m. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Property 
The company opened two pubs during the year and 
sold or closed nine, resulting in a trading estate of 
872 pubs at the financial year end. 

The average development cost for a new pub 
(excluding the cost of freeholds) was £2.3m, 
compared with £2.6m a year ago. The full-year 
depreciation charge, excluding right-of-use assets, 
was £79.3m (2019: £81.8m).  

Ten years ago, the company’s freehold/leasehold 
split was 41.3%/58.7%. As at 26 July 2020, as a 
result of investment in freehold reversions (relating 
to pubs where the company was previously a 
tenant) and freehold pub openings, the split was 
64.3%/35.7%. As at 26 July 2020, the net book 
value of the property, plant and equipment of the 
company was £1.4 billion, including £1.1 billion of 
freehold and long-leasehold property. The 
properties have not been revalued since 1999. 

Property litigation 
As previously reported, Wetherspoon agreed on an 
out-of-court settlement with developer Anthony 
Lyons, formerly of property leisure agent Davis 
Coffer Lyons, in 2013 and received approximately 
£1.25m from Mr Lyons. 

The payment relates to litigation in which 
Wetherspoon claimed that Mr Lyons had been an 
accessory to frauds committed by Wetherspoon’s 
former retained agent Van de Berg and its directors 
Christian Braun, George Aldridge and Richard 
Harvey. Mr Lyons denied the claim – and the 
litigation was contested.  

The claim related to properties in Portsmouth, 
Leytonstone and Newbury. The Portsmouth 
property was involved in the 2008/9 Van de Berg 
case itself. 

In that case, Mr Justice Peter Smith found that Van 
de Berg, but not Mr Lyons (who was not a party to 
the case), fraudulently diverted the freehold from 
Wetherspoon to Moorstown Properties Limited, a 
company owned by Simon Conway. Moorstown 
leased the premises to Wetherspoon. Wetherspoon 
is still a leaseholder of this property – a pub called 
The Isambard Kingdom Brunel. 

The properties in Leytonstone and Newbury (the 
other properties in the case against Mr Lyons) were 
not pleaded in the 2008/9 Van de Berg case. 
Leytonstone was leased to Wetherspoon and trades 
today as The Walnut Tree public house. Newbury 
was leased to Pelican plc and became Café Rouge. 

As we have also reported, the company agreed to 
settle its final claim in this series of cases and 
accepted £400,000 from property investor Jason 
Harris, formerly of First London and now of First 
Urban Group. Wetherspoon alleged that Harris  

was an accessory to frauds committed by Van de 
Berg. Harris contested the claim and has not 
admitted liability. 

Before the conclusion of the above cases, 
Wetherspoon also agreed on a settlement with Paul 
Ferrari of London estate agent Ferrari Dewe & Co, 
in respect of properties referred to as the ‘Ferrari 
Five’ by Mr Justice Peter Smith. 

Press corrections 
Following lockdown, a large number of press reports 
misrepresented Wetherspoon’s position in several 
important areas. The company complained to the 
media organisations concerned and obtained 
apologies or corrections from the Times, the BBC, 
Sky News, the Mirror, the Sun, the Daily Mail, 
Forbes and several other publications. Please see 
the article I wrote on this subject in appendix 2. 

Current trading and outlook 
Warren Buffett, chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, 
commented in 1989 (below) on the dangers of what 
he calls the ‘institutional imperative’ and how it 
compels companies to stay on the same course, 
even if it’s the wrong course – and how it compels 
companies to imitate competitors. The institutional 
imperative applies just as much to governments as it 
does to boards of directors. Professor Johan 
Giesecke, the Warren Buffett of epidemiology, is 
obviously perplexed in an April TV interview 
(appendix 1 below) as to how 100 countries all 
reacted, almost overnight, in the same way to the 
Covid-19 problem, based on the deeply flawed 
analysis of Imperial College. 

As Warren Buffett explains: 
“My most surprising discovery: the overwhelming 
importance in business of an unseen force that we 
might call "the institutional imperative." In business 
school, I was given no hint of the imperative's 
existence and I did not intuitively understand it when 
I entered the business world. I thought then that 
decent, intelligent, and experienced managers 
would automatically make rational business 
decisions. But I learned over time that isn't  
so. Instead, rationality frequently wilts when the 
institutional imperative comes into play. 

“For example: (1) As if governed by Newton's First 
Law of Motion, an institution will resist any change 
in its current direction; (2) Just as work expands to 
fill available time, corporate projects or acquisitions 
will materialize to soak up available funds; (3) Any 
business craving of the leader, however foolish, will 
be quickly supported by detailed rate-of-return and 
strategic studies prepared by his troops; and (4)  
The behavior of peer companies, whether they are 
expanding, acquiring, setting executive 
compensation or whatever, will be mindlessly 
imitated. 

8 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

“Institutional dynamics, not venality or stupidity, set 
businesses on these courses, which are too often 
misguided. After making some expensive mistakes 
because I ignored the power of the imperative, I 
have tried to organize and manage Berkshire in 
ways that minimize its influence. Furthermore, 
Charlie and I have attempted to concentrate our 
investments in companies that appear alert to the 
problem.” 

Since 100 governments adopted a lockdown 
strategy, it was very difficult for any government to 
adopt a different course. However, pubs eventually 
reopened in England on 4 July and in the rest of the 
UK shortly thereafter.  
The lockdown was far longer than was necessary to 
achieve its stated objective of ‘flattening the curve’ 
so as to assist the health service. Before pubs 
reopened, a detailed and comprehensive operating 
plan for the hospitality industry was nevertheless 
agreed on among the government, parliamentary 
committees, UK Hospitality, civil servants and other 
interested parties. 

The regulations and guidelines reflected in the plan 
drastically reduced pub capacity, but were carefully 
thought out and had the backing of the industry, 
legislators, licensing officials, local authorities and 
the public.  

For the two months following reopening, it appeared 
that the hospitality industry, in difficult 
circumstances, was adapting to the new régime and 
was getting ‘back on its feet’, albeit in survival 
mode. 

It appears that the government and its advisers 
were clearly uncomfortable as the country emerged 
from lockdown. They have introduced, without 
consultation, under emergency powers, an ever-
changing raft of ill-thought-out regulations – these 
are extraordinarily difficult for the public and 
publicans to understand and to implement. None of 
the new regulations appears to have any obvious 
basis in science. 

For example, a requirement for table service was 
introduced – which is expensive to implement and 
undermines the essential nature of pubs for many 
people – pubs have now become like restaurants. 
Customers can approach the till in a shop, but not in 
a pub – which is, in no sense, ‘scientific’. 

In addition, face-coverings, for which the health 
benefits are debatable, need not be worn while 
seated, yet must be worn to go to visit the bathroom 
– another capricious regulation. 

The most damaging regulation relates to the 10pm 
curfew, which has few supporters outside of the 
narrow cloisters of Downing Street and SAGE 
meetings.  

This has meant that many thousands of hospitality 
industry employees, striving to maintain hygiene 
and social-distancing standards, go off duty at 
10pm, leaving people to socialise in homes and at 
private events which are, in reality, impossible to 
regulate. 

In marked contrast to the consistency of the 
comparatively successful Swedish approach, which 
emphasises social distancing, hygiene and trust in 
the people, the erratic UK government is jumping 
from pillar to post and is both tightening and 
tinkering with regulations, so we are now in quasi-
lockdown which is producing visibly worse outcomes 
than those in Sweden, in respect of both health and 
the economy. 

Risk cannot be eliminated completely in pubs, but 
sensible social-distancing and hygiene policies, 
combined with continued assistance and co-
operation from the authorities, should minimise it. 

Like-for-like sales in the first 11 weeks have been 
15.0% below those of last year, with strong sales in 
the first few weeks, followed by a marked slowdown 
since the introduction of a curfew and other 
regulations, some of which are referred to above.  

The recent curfew and introduction of table service 
only have been particularly damaging for trade, 
depressing sales for customers who find it too much 
‘faff’, at the same time as substantially increasing 
costs. 

As a result of recent changes in regulations, the 
outlook for pubs over the remainder of the current 
financial year is even more unpredictable than 
hitherto.  

The company has successfully adapted its 
business, over the last 41 years, to cope with widely 
different political and economic circumstances. We 
now employ over 40,000 people, 10,000 of whom 
are shareholders in the company, and are a major 
contributor to national income, paying approximately 
one pound in every thousand of treasury receipts in 
2019 and in preceding years. 

However, the company and the entire hospitality 
industry need a more sensible and consistent 
regulatory framework in which to operate – the 
current environment of lockdowns, curfews and 
constantly changing regulations and 
announcements threatens not only pub companies, 
but the entire economy. The most important lesson, 
as Professor Mark Woolhouse of Edinburgh 
University has said, is that “lockdown just defers the 
problem; it doesn’t solve it”. 

Tim Martin 
Chairman 
15 October 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Question: So…..you’re saying that at some point 
pretty much everybody is going to get this disease 
to some degree or another.  Here in Australia we’ve 
done an incredibly good job suppressing it.  I’m 
wondering do you think we’ve done too good a job, 
is it possible to do too good a job suppressing it in 
the early stages such that you won’t ever be able to 
take the foot off the break on your restrictions to get 
the disease just to a manageable flow of cases that 
the health system, which we were told this was all 
about preparing for that, be allowed to handle the 
cases as they come through.  

Johan: Yes… one point is to flatten the curve a bit 
so that the health care isn’t overused. You may 
succeed, and New Zealand may also succeed, but 
I’ve been asking myself when New Zealand or 
Australia has stamped out every case in the 
country, what do you do for the next 30 years. Will 
you close your borders completely? Quarantine 
everyone who is going to Australia or New Zealand?  
Because the disease will be out there. I don’t know 
how you are going to handle that. That’s your 
problem. 

Question: You’ve said you think in most countries 
regardless of the measures we take, eg. Taiwan has 
been very successful and other countries like Italy 
have been disaster cases, but you think at the end 
of the day they’re all pretty much going to end up 
with the same fatalities, the same results, the same 
deaths regardless of what measures they took.  
Explain that. 

Johan: Yes.  Basically I think it will be the same 
because, like I said, the real epidemic is invisible 
and it’s going on all the time around us.  The other 
thing with a lockdown is when you open it, you will 
have more cases, so the countries who pride 
themselves in having a few deaths now, will get 
these deaths when they start lifting the lockdown. 

Question: Tell us briefly about the Imperial College 
results that sparked this worldwide panic. You 
believe they were flawed, these were the initial 
results that were coming out and the modelling that 
was saying millions are gonna die.  You thought that 
was flawed, tell us why. 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Appendix 1 – Transcript of interview, former 
Swedish chief epidemiologist Johan Giesecke, 
SKY NEWS AUSTRALIA – 29th April 2020 

“ 

Question: You’ve been a strong critic of the idea of 
lockdowns, Sweden has avoided these sort of 
lockdowns that we’re seeing here in Australia.  Tell 
us your thoughts - are lockdowns the correct way to 
go? 

Johan: You introduced me by saying that I would 
say that you got it all wrong.  I don’t think you go it 
all wrong but you painted yourself into a corner and 
I’m watching with interest how you and 100 other 
countries will climb out of the lockdown, because I 
don’t think any government that I know gave a 
minute’s thought about how they would get out of 
the different lockdowns that are installed.  Take the 
school closure for example, if you close the schools, 
when are you going to open them, what’s the 
criteria? I don’t think anyone thought about that 
when the closure was decided on.  Anyway, so 
Sweden doesn’t have such a strict lockdown, there 
are a few things that are forbidden – the crowd can’t 
be more than 50 people, at restaurants that are 
mostly open, there should be 5ft or 1.5 meters 
between the tables, you have to sit down to eat, 
there are a few things like that but rather mild 
things… there are very few laws and ordinances 
passed, you can go out without being stopped by 
the police and fined or threatened with prison and 
mostly we talk about trust… we trust the people - 
people are not stupid. That’s… the basic line [in 
Sweden]. If you tell people what’s good for them 
and what’s good for their neighbours and other 
people, they do that.  You take a restriction that’s 
sensible and understandable, people will follow it.    

Question: You said that you think the results are 
going to be similar across most countries regardless 
of the approach they’ve taken, can you take us 
through that? 

Johan: There is a tsunami of a rather mild infection 
spreading around the globe and I think that’s there’s 
very little chance to stop it by any measure we take.  
Most people will become infected by this and most 
people won’t even notice.  We have data now from 
Sweden that shows between 98 and 99 percent of 
the cases have had a very mild infection or didn’t 
even realise they were infected.  So we have this 
spread of this mild disease around the globe and 
most of it is happening where we don’t see it.  It’s 
among people that don’t get very sick, spread it to 
someone else that doesn’t get very sick and what 
we’re looking at is a thin layer at the top of people 
who do develop the disease and even thinner layer 
of people that go into intensive care and then even 
thinner layer of people who die.  But the real 
outbreak is happening where we don’t see it.  

10 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Johan: Yes, and that’s the Swedish model. It has… 
two pillars.  One is only use measures that are 
evidence-based. And there are two that are 
evidence-based… one is washing hands… we’ve 
known that for 150 years since Semmelweis in 
Austria a long time ago. The other is social 
distancing.  If you don’t get too close to other 
people, they won’t infect you.  And the third may be 
trust people.  People are not stupid, if you tell them 
what’s good for them they will do what you say.  
You don’t need soldiers on the street - and police. 
It’s unnecessary.  

” 

Johan: Yes, there are a few procedural things…  
One is that the paper was never published which is 
normal scientific behaviour.  The second thing it 
wasn’t peer-reviewed, which means it wasn’t looked 
upon by other people, which is also normal scientific 
procedure.  So it was more like an internal 
departmental communication, a memo.  And then 
the big mistake of the Imperial group was under-
estimating the proportion of the very mild cases that 
would never be detected, that’s the main thing with 
that prediction.  And it’s fascinating how it changed 
the policy of the world. The UK made a u-turn 
overnight [upon] the publication of the paper which 
is fascinating.  So, yes, there were several other 
mistakes with the paper but it gets very technical to 
get into that.  

Question: You mention that the overwhelming 
majority of people that get this disease have no 
symptoms or very minimal symptoms.  Do we even 
know the real fatality rate of the coronavirus? 

Johan: No.  Well it’s around 0.1%. 

Question: We were told it was 3% initially, initially 
2%, are you saying now that it’s 0.1%., that’s pretty 
much the same fatality rate as the regular flu isn’t it?  

Johan: I think it’s a bit higher actually.  I said before 
in Sweden that this is like a severe influenza.  I don’t 
think that’s completely true – it will be a bit more 
severe than the influenza, maybe double but not 
tenfold. 

Question: With all of the health care systems 
focusing on flattening the curve and being prepared 
for these waves of infection, which aren’t 
necessarily coming because of the very restrictive 
measures, overall are we gonna see more people 
dying, we talked a little bit about this before on the 
show, of cancers, heart attacks, things like that, 
simply because they’re too scared to go to the 
hospital because they think they won’t get treated.  
Is there going to be other deaths that are going to 
be caused by our overweighting focus just on this 
one particular disease? 

Johan: Could well be. The emergency rooms here 
in Stockholm have about 50% of the usual number 
of patients coming in, and one reason is probably 
that people are scared of contracting the disease 
when they go into hospitals, and another is that, I 
think, they say they can wait a bit until the thing is 
over. 

Question: You’ve said the best policy, the correct 
policy, would be to simply protect the old and the 
frail. Is that correct? 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

11 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Appendix  2  –  Tim’s  Viewpoint,  Wetherspoon 
News, Summer 2020 

–  with  the  proviso  that,  in  the  process,  innocent 
parties should not be unfairly damaged or duped. 

“ 

The  press  plays  a  vital  role  –  but  don’t  believe 
everything you read 

Some  journalists  apply  more  spin  than  a  Shane 
Warne  googly  and  more  venom  than  a  Waqar 
Younis Yorker 

The press plays a vital role in a free society by shining 
a light on privilege and power, including on those who 
run businesses – and by informing and entertaining. 

Hence,  we  have  libel  laws  and  controls  over  press 
accuracy, including a ‘right of reply’ – to protect what 
Shakespeare called the ‘bubble reputation’. 

However,  a  vicious  side  of  the  press  was  revealed 
after  20  March,  when  pubs  and  restaurants  were 
closed, without notice, by the government, throwing 
Wetherspoon  and  almost 
the  entire  pub  and 
restaurant industry into default on bank loans – with 
hundreds of thousands out of work. 

We blame the press for many sins, but there’s some 
truth in the defence that it’s often just saying what we 
like to read. 

To understand what makes a press ‘story’, it’s useful 
to  hark  back  to  2003,  when  a  customer  wrote  to 
Wetherspoon  News  complaining  about  swearing  in 
one of our pubs. 

I  recorded  an  internal company  video, less than  48 
hours  after  pubs  were  closed,  hoping  to  reassure 
employees that they would be ‘furloughed’ and would 
not lose their jobs – which was happening, on a large 
scale, elsewhere in the economy. 

The video said: “All our endeavours are going to be 
on trying to make sure that you get your money.” 

I replied in this magazine that I would ask customers 
to ‘mind their language’. 

Believe  it  or  not,  that  workaday  response  to  a 
customer  in  our  humble  publication  became  one  of 
the biggest news stories in the world, for a few days. 

It was a leading news headline on BBC and ITV and 
featured  in  most  local  papers  –  as  well  as  in 
numerous publications in faraway India, Canada, the 
US, Australia and elsewhere. 

I was even phoned by a relative living in the Swedish 
‘outback’, saying that the story was on the front page 
of the village paper… but why did it go viral? 

In  truth,  the story  was  given a  ‘twist’ by  a  journalist 
from  a  pub  industry  newspaper  who  said  that 
Wetherspoon might ‘punish’ customers for swearing. 

This transformed the story from ‘true, but boring’ into 
‘not quite true, but very interesting’. 

Some  people  think  that  newspapers  should  always 
stick  to  the  truth,  but,  to  be  fair,  the  ‘Wetherspoon 
bans swearing’ story was probably innocent fun – no 
harm done 
–  and  the  public  knew  instinctively  that  it  wasn’t 
LITERALLY true. 

Part  (but  only  part)  of  the  reason  for  buying  a 
newspaper is to be entertained – no one attending a 
Billy Connolly or Kevin Bridges show expects them, 
for example, to stick to the literal truth. 

Artistic licence is permitted to embellish a comedian’s 
monologue, and the same can be true of journalists 

And  an  e-mail,  which  went  out  with  the  video,  said 
that “employees will be paid as normal on Friday 27 
March”. 

In fact, staff were paid on that Friday and have been 
paid on every Friday since – thanks, above all, to the 
lightning-quick creation of a furlough scheme and, in 
our case at least, great flexibility from banks. 

However,  the  press  was  looking  for  a  ‘story’  with  a 
villain,  and  the  truth  was  subject  to  malicious 
distortion. 

Times  journalist  Caitlin  Moran,  for  example,  with 
more  spin  than  a  Shane  Warne  googly,  said  that 
Wetherspoon employees “wouldn’t get paid until the 
end of April for work they had done” which The Times 
has now retracted through gritted teeth. 

Fellow Times columnist Alistair Osborne referred to 
me  as  a  rat,  while  Caitlin  Moran  herself,  with  more 
venom  than  a  Waqar  Younis  yorker,  called  me  the 
worst  word  in  the  language,  albeit  with  hyphens 
replacing some letters – as did the Daily Mail. 

Ben Marlow of The Daily  Telegraph said that I was 
“Britain’s  worst  ever  boss”  –  and  scores  of  press 
stories made similar accusations.  

Maybe  the  press  can  justify  this  hyperbole  –  it  has 
newspapers to sell in an Internet-ravaged industry.  

However, the wackiest behaviour, during these mad 
March days, was from two MPs, Rachel Reeves and 
the 
Jo  Stevens,  who,  with  Wetherspoon  and 
hospitality  industry  at  their most  vulnerable,  tried  to 
turn the story to personal political advantage. 

12 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Jo Stevens, MP for Cardiff Central, invented a story 
on  Twitter  that  I  had  appeared  in  front  of  a 
parliamentary committee (the BEIS) then chaired by 
Rachel Reeves, MP for Leeds West, and, as a result 
of that appearance, had “u-turned on decision not to 
pay 43,000 staff while pubs are shut”. 

This was complete cobblers. 

For  democracy  to  work,  the  press  itself,  given  its 
huge  power,  has  to  be  subject  to  regulation  and 
scrutiny.  

If the press is the guardian of democracy, who guards 
the  guardians,  as  Lord  Leveson  famously  asked  in 
his inquiry into the press, stemming from the phone-
hacking scandal. 

I never appeared in front of the BEIS Committee, as 
both  Stevens  and  Reeves  know,  and Wetherspoon 
had already undertaken to pay staff on 27 March. 

themselves,  over 

Politicians 
the  years,  have 
championed  the  campaign  to  require  the  media  to 
correct inaccurate statements.  

They  must  have  been  bonkers  to  have  made  up  a 
fictitious  appearance  in  front  of  a  parliamentary 
committee – since that could so easily be disproved. 

As the public realises, the press often, but not always, 
bends  the  truth  out  of  any  recognisable  shape,  in 
pursuit of a story. 

Rachel Reeves added to Twitter ‘disinformation’ and 
confusion (7, opposite) by saying that Wetherspoon 
was at “first refusing to lock down altogether”. 

It  is  disturbing,  therefore, that  MPs  Jo  Stevens  and 
Rachel Reeves have, themselves, resorted to blatant 
fabrication  –  which,  itself,  was  the  source  of  much 
media inaccuracy. 

That’s a complete lie. 

All  Wetherspoon  pubs  shut,  when  requested,  on 
Friday 20 March – ask any of our staff or customers. 

I wrote to Reeves on 2 April to complain, yet received 
no reply. 

response 

Wetherspoon’s 
torrent  of 
‘disinformation’ has been to wade through the press 
articles,  one  by  one,  and  to  write  to  the  various 
publications to ask them to print a correction. 

the 

to 

Bravo and thanks to publications like the Daily Mirror, 
Sky  News  and  local  newspapers  like  the  Herald 
Express  and  the  Loughborough  Echo  which  cared 
enough  about  the  truth  to  publish  a  correction  or  a 
Wetherspoon article in response. 

Perhaps 
contemporary, was right when he said:  

Webster, 

John 

Shakespeare’s 

“A politician is the devil’s quilted anvil; he fashions all 
sins on him, and the blows are never heard.” 

But  just  as  a  free  society  needs  the  press,  it  also 
needs honest politicians.  

Even in our murky and compromised world, the truth 
will out – that’s why democracy works so well, despite 
its trials and tribulations. 

” 

Tim Martin 
Chairman 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRE-IFRS 16 INCOME STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

Revenue 

Operating costs 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Property (losses)/gains 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

(Loss)/profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

(Loss)/profit for the period 

Earnings per share (p) 

– Basic1 

– Diluted2 

1 

2 

3 

6 

6 

8 

8 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July 2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    
1,262,048   

(1,254,896)    
7,152   
(641)   
161   

(40,767)    
(34,095)   

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July 2020   
Exceptional   
items   

£000    
–   

(13,201)    
(13,201)   
(47,476)   
–   

–    
(60,677)   

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

1,262,048 

1,818,793 

(1,268,097) 

(1,686,876) 

(6,049) 

131,917 

(48,117) 

161 

(40,767) 

(94,772) 

5,599 

41 

(35,098) 

102,459 

(22,830) 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

– 

– 

– 

(7,040) 

– 

– 

52 weeks 
Ended 
28 July 2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

1,818,793 

(1,686,876) 

131,917 

(1,441) 

41 

(35,098) 

(7,040) 

95,419 

188 

(22,642) 

4,158    

1,004    

5,162 

(29,937)    

(59,673)    

(89,610) 

79,629 

(6,852) 

72,777 

(27.6)   

(27.6)    

(55.0)   

(55.0)    

(82.6) 

(82.6) 

77.2 

75.5 

(6.6) 

(6.5) 

70.6 

69.0 

         RECONCILIATION TO STATUTORY PROFIT for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

Notes 

52 weeks   

52 weeks   

52 weeks 

52 weeks 

52 weeks 

52 weeks 

ended   

ended   

ended 

ended 

ended 

ended 

26 July 2020   

26 July 2020   

26 July 2020 

28 July 2019 

28 July 2019 

28 July 2019 

Before   

Exceptional   

After 

Before 

Exceptional 

After 

exceptional   

items   

exceptional 

exceptional 

items 

exceptional 

(Loss)/profit before IFRS 16 

Operating costs 

Amortisation and depreciation 

  Right-of-use assets 

25 

  Lease premium  

Disposal of leases 

Impairment 

  Right-of-use assets 

3 

3 

  Property, plant and equipment 

Onerous leases provision 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

6 

6 

items   

£000    
(29,937)   
58,503   

(49,059)   
368   
1,125   

–   
–   
–   
451   
(21,980)   

£000    
(59,673)   
–   

–   
–   
–   

(4,722)   
3,311   
1,411   
–   
–   

items 

£000 

(89,610) 

58,503 

(49,059) 

368 

1,125 

(4,722) 

3,311 

1,411 

451 

(21,980) 

Income tax expense 

2,012    

629    

2,641 

items 

£000 

(note 4) 

£000 

items 

£000 

79,629 

(6,852) 

72,777 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

(Loss)/profit for the period 

(38,517)    

(59,044)    

(97,561) 

79,629 

(6,852) 

72,777 

1 Calculated excluding shares held in trust. 
2 Calculated using issued share capital which includes shares held in trust. 
To provide meaningful comparatives the above statement has been presented under the previous year’s accounting standards and does not form part of the audited financial statements.

14 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 
PRE-IFRS 16 CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash generated from operations 

9 

Interest received  

Interest paid  

Corporation tax paid 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 Jul 2020   
£000    

38,718   
59   
(29,914)   
(10,971)   

Free cash 
flow1 
52 weeks 
ended 
26 Jul 2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 Jul 2019 
£000 

Free cash 
flow1 
52 weeks 
ended 
28 Jul 2019 
£000 

38,718 

227,176 

227,176 

59 

(29,914) 

(10,971) 

33 

33 

(33,957) 

(33,957) 

(19,661) 

(19,661) 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

(2,108)    

(2,108) 

173,591 

173,591 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Reinvestment in pubs 

Reinvestment in business and IT projects 

Investment in new pubs and pub extensions 

Freehold reversions and investment properties 

Lease premiums paid 

Proceeds of sale of property, plant and equipment  

(43,370)   
(926)   
(50,408)   
(98,467)   
–   
4,810   

(43,370) 

(47,398) 

(47,398) 

(926) 

(6,923) 

(6,923) 

(26,778) 

(77,207) 

(451) 

9,319    

Net cash flow from investing activities 

(188,361)    

(44,296) 

(149,438) 

(54,321) 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Equity dividends paid 

Purchase of own shares for cancellation 

Purchase of own shares for share-based payments 

Loan issue cost 

Advances under private placement 

Advances under / (repayment of) bank loans 

Advances under asset-financing  

Issue of share capital 

Asset-financing principal payments 

Net cash flow from financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Opening cash and cash equivalents 

Closing cash and cash equivalents 

Free cash flow 

Free cash flow per ordinary share (p) 

11 

28 

10 

10 

10 

10 

28 

10 

10 

19 

19 

8 

8 

(8,371)   
(6,456)   
(11,125)   
(1,323)   
98,000   
100,000   
16,152   
137,995   

(2,902)    

(12,652) 

(5,399) 

(11,125) 

(16,004) 

(16,004) 

(1,323) 

(6,268) 

(6,268) 

– 

(13,865) 

12,000 

– 

(2,106)    

321,970    

(12,448) 

(44,294) 

(22,272) 

131,501    

42,950   
174,451   

(20,141) 

63,091 

42,950 

(58,852) 

(54.2) 

96,998 

92.0 

To provide meaningful comparatives the above statement has been presented under the previous year’s accounting standards and does not form part of the audited financial statements. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
   
    
 
   
   
   
  
  
 
    
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
   
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
    
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
     
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRE-IFRS 16 BALANCE SHEET as at 26 July 2020 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Investment property 

Other non-current assets 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 

Assets held for sale 

Inventories 

Receivables 

Current income tax receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

Current income tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Other liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 

Share capital 

Share premium account  

Capital redemption reserve  

Hedging reserve 

Currency translation reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Notes 

26 Jul 2020 

28 Jul 2019 

£000 

£000 

12 

14 

23 

7 

18 

16 

19 

1,439,467 

1,384,971 

8,895 

11,527 

7,520 

– 

15,617 

23,070 

5,531 

7,888 

321 

8,342 

1,483,026 

1,430,123 

– 

23,095 

36,387 

7,672 

174,451 

241,605 

3,146 

23,717 

21,903 

– 

42,950 

91,716 

1,724,631 

1,521,839 

21 

(7,610) 

(3,287) 

(267,677) 

(308,326) 

– 

(4,759) 

(10,986) 

(4,072) 

(280,046) 

(326,671) 

21 

23 

7 

28 

(983,828) 

(776,683) 

(82,194) 

(42,138) 

(1,488) 

(9,738) 

(49,393) 

(39,416) 

(1,934) 

(10,930) 

(1,119,386) 

(878,356) 

325,199 

316,812 

2,408 

280,975 

2,337 

(66,577) 

7,089 

98,967 

325,199 

2,102 

143,294 

2,329 

(40,730) 

5,370 

204,447 

316,812 

To provide meaningful comparatives the above statement has been presented under the previous year’s accounting standards and does not form part of the audited financial statements. 

16 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 
INCOME STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

1 

2 

3 

6 

6 

7 

8 

8 

Revenue 

Operating costs 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Property (losses)/gains 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

(Loss)/profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

(Loss)/profit for the period 

Earnings per share (p) 

– Basic1 

– Diluted2 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July 2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    
1,262,048   

(1,245,084)    
16,964   
484   
612   

(62,747)    
(44,687)   

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July 2020   
Exceptional   
items   
(note 4)   
£000    
–   

(13,201)    
(13,201)   
(47,476)   
–   

–    
(60,677)   

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

1,262,048 

1,818,793 

(1,258,285) 

(1,686,876) 

3,763 

131,917 

– 

– 

– 

(46,992) 

5,599 

(7,040) 

612 

41 

(62,747) 

(35,098) 

– 

– 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

1,818,793 

(1,686,876) 

131,917 

(1,441) 

41 

(35,098) 

6,170    

1,633    

7,803 

(105,364) 

102,459 

(22,830) 

(7,040) 

95,419 

188 

(22,642) 

(38,517)    

(59,044)    

(97,561) 

79,629 

(6,852) 

72,777 

(35.5)   

(35.5)    

(54.4)   

(54.4)    

(89.9) 

(89.9) 

77.2 

75.5 

(6.6) 

(6.5) 

70.6 

69.0 

Operating profit/(loss) per share (p) 

– Diluted2 

8 

15.8    

(12.3)    

3.4 

125.1 

– 

125.1 

                 STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

Items which may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Interest-rate swaps: loss taken to other comprehensive income 

Tax on items taken directly to other comprehensive income 

Currency translation differences 

Net loss recognised directly in other comprehensive income 

(Loss)/profit for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Notes 

23 

7 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
£000 

(33,122) 

(24,963) 

7,275 

1,293 

(24,554) 

(97,561) 

(122,115) 

4,243 

181 

(20,539) 

72,777 

52,238 

1 Calculated excluding shares held in trust. 
2 Calculated using issued share capital which includes shares held in trust. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

17 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
  
   
    
    
  
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
   
    
    
  
 
 
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2019 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash generated from operations 

9 

Interest received  

Interest paid  

Corporation tax paid 

Lease interest 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 Jul 2020   
£000    

75,665   
59   
(29,914)   
(10,971)   
(18,080)   

Free cash 
flow1 
52 weeks 
ended 
26 Jul 2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 Jul 2019 
£000 

Free cash 
flow1 
52 weeks 
ended 
28 Jul 2019 
£000 

75,665 

227,176 

227,176 

59 

33 

33 

(29,914) 

(33,957) 

(33,957) 

(10,971) 

(19,661) 

(19,661) 

(18,080) 

– 

– 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

16,759    

16,759 

173,591 

173,591 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Reinvestment in pubs 

Reinvestment in business and IT projects2 

Investment in new pubs and pub extensions 

Freehold reversions and investment properties 

Lease premiums paid 

Proceeds of sale of property, plant and equipment  

(43,370)   
(926)   
(50,408)   
(98,467)   
–   
4,810   

(43,370) 

(47,398) 

(47,398) 

(926) 

(6,923) 

(6,923) 

(26,778) 

(77,207) 

(451) 

9,319    

Net cash flow from investing activities 

(188,361)    

(44,296) 

(149,438) 

(54,321) 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Equity dividends paid 

Purchase of own shares for cancellation 

Purchase of own shares for share-based payments 

Loan issue cost 

Advances under private placement 

Advances under / (repayment of) bank loans 

Advances under asset-financing 

Lease principal payments 

Issue of share capital 

Asset-financing principal payments 

Net cash flow from financing activities 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Opening cash and cash equivalents 

Closing cash and cash equivalents 

Free cash flow 

Free cash flow per ordinary share (p) 

11 

28 

10 

10 

10 

10 

25 

28 

10 

10 

19 

19 

8 

8 

(8,371)   
(6,456)   
(11,125)   
(1,323)   
98,000   
100,000   
16,152   
(18,867)   
137,995   

(2,902)    

(12,652) 

(5,399) 

(11,125) 

(16,004) 

(16,004) 

(1,323) 

(6,268) 

(6,268) 

(18,867) 

– 

(13,865) 

12,000 

– 

– 

(2,106)    

– 

303,103    

(31,315) 

(44,294) 

(22,272) 

131,501    

42,950   
174,451   

(20,141) 

63,091 

42,950 

(58,852) 

(54.2) 

96,998 

92.0 

1Free cash flow is a measure not required by accounting standards; a definition is provided in our accounting policies. 
2Within reinvestment in business and IT projects, all amounts were intangible assets (2019: £5,859,000, with the remaining balance being related equipment).  

18 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
   
    
 
   
   
   
  
  
 
    
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
   
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
    
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
     
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

BALANCE SHEET as at 26 July 2020 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

26 Jul 2020 
£000 

28 Jul 2019 
£000 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Investment property 

Other non-current assets 

Right-of-use assets 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax assets 

Lease assets 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 

Lease assets 

Assets held for sale 

Inventories 

Receivables 

Current income tax receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

Current income tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Other liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 

Share capital 

Share premium account  

Capital redemption reserve  

Hedging reserve 

Currency translation reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 

13 

12 

14 

15 

25 

23 

7 

25 

25 

18 

16 

17 

7 

19 

21 

20 

7 

22 

25 

21 

23 

7 

22 

24 

25 

28 

1,442,778 

1,384,971 

8,895 

11,527 

– 

514,169 

– 

15,617 

11,115 

23,070 

5,531 

7,888 

– 

321 

8,342 

– 

2,004,101 

1,430,123 

1,736 

– 

23,095 

32,176 

10,313 

174,451 

241,771 

– 

3,146 

23,717 

21,903 

– 

42,950 

91,716 

2,245,872 

1,521,839 

(7,610) 

(255,085) 

– 

(3,038) 

(65,343) 

(331,076) 

(983,828) 

(82,194) 

(42,138) 

– 

– 

(489,388) 

(1,597,548) 

317,248 

2,408 

280,975 

2,337 

(66,577) 

7,089 

91,016 

317,248 

(3,287) 

(308,326) 

(10,986) 

(4,072) 

– 

(326,671) 

(776,683) 

(49,393) 

(39,416) 

(1,934) 

(10,930) 

– 

(878,356) 

316,812 

2,102 

143,294 

2,329 

(40,730) 

5,370 

204,447 

316,812 

The financial statements, on pages 17–61, approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue  
on 15 October 2020, are signed on its behalf by: 

John Hutson 
Director 

Ben Whitley 
Director 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

J D Wetherspoon plc, company number: 1709784 

Notes 

  At 29 July 2018 

  Total comprehensive income 

   Profit for the period 

Interest-rate swaps: cash flow hedges 

   Tax on cash flow hedges 

   Currency translation differences 

23 

7 

  Purchase of own shares for cancellation   
  Share-based payment charges 
  Tax on share-based payments 
  Purchase of own shares for share-based payments 
  Dividends 
  At 28 July 2019 

11 

7 

  Total comprehensive income 
   Loss for the period 

Interest-rate swaps: cash flow hedges 

   Tax on cash flow hedges 
   Currency translation differences 

23 

7 

  Issue of share capital 
  Purchase of own shares for cancellation   
  Share-based payment charges 
  Tax on share-based payments 
  Purchase of own shares for share-based payments 
  Dividends 
  At 26 July 2020 

11 

7 

Share 
capital 

£000 

Share 
premium 
account 
£000 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000 

Hedging 
reserve 

£000 

Currency 
translation 
reserve 
£000 

Retained 
earnings 

Total 

£000 

£000 

2,110 

143,294 

2,321 

(20,010) 

4,767 

154,080 

286,562 

(8) 

8 

(20,720) 

603 

72,355 

52,238 

72,777 

72,777 

(24,963) 

4,243 

(24,963) 

4,243 

181 

603 

(422) 

(5,399) 

(5,399) 

11,558 

11,558 

509 

509 

(16,004) 

(16,004) 

(12,652) 

(12,652) 

2,102 

143,294 

2,329 

(40,730) 

5,370 

204,447 

316,812 

137,681 

314 
(8) 

8 

(25,847) 

1,719 

(33,122) 
7,275 

1,719 

(97,987) 
(97,561) 
– 
– 
(426) 
– 
(6,456) 
10,705 
(197) 
(11,125) 
(8,371) 

(122,115) 
(97,561) 
(33,122) 
7,275 
1,293 
137,995 
(6,456) 
10,705 
(197) 
(11,125) 
(8,371) 

2,408 

280,975 

2,337 

(66,577) 

7,089 

91,016 

317,248 

The balance classified as share capital represents proceeds arising on issue of the company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 2p ordinary shares and the cancellation of shares repurchased by the company. 

The capital redemption reserve increased owing to the repurchase of a number of shares in the year. 

Shares acquired in relation to the employee Share Incentive Plan and the Deferred Bonus Scheme are held in trust,  
until such time as the awards vest. At 26 July 2020, the number of shares held in trust was 1,996,358 (2019: 2,259,401),  
with a nominal value of £35,447 (2019: £45,188) and a market value of £16,961,227 (2019: £34,794,775); these are  
included in retained earnings. 

During the year, 419,741 shares were repurchased by the company for cancellation, representing approximately 0.40% of the  
issued share capital, at a cost of £6.5m, including stamp duty, representing an average cost per share of 1,523p.  

Hedging gains and losses arise from fair value movements in the company’s financial derivative instruments,  
in line with the accounting policy disclosed in section 2. 

The currency translation reserve contains the accumulated currency gains and losses on the long-term financing and  
balance sheet translation of the overseas branch. The currency translation difference reported in retained earnings  
is the restatement of the opening reserves in the overseas branch at the current year-end currency exchange rate. 

As at 26 July 2020, the company had distributable reserves of £31.5m. 

20 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1.  Revenue 

Bar 

Food 

Slot/fruit machines 

Hotel 

Other 

2.  Operating profit/loss – analysis of costs by nature 

This is stated after charging/(crediting): 

Concession rental payments 

Minimum operating lease payments 

Variable concession rental payments  

Short leases 

Repairs and maintenance  

Net rent receivable 

Share-based payments (note 5) 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 13) 

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 12) 

Depreciation of investment properties (note 14) 

Amortisation of right-of-use assets (note 25) 

Amortisation of other non-current assets (note 15) 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Fees payable for the audit of the financial statements 
– Standard audit fees 
– Additional audit work 

Fees payable for other services: 
– Audit related services 

Total auditor’s fees 

Analysis of continuing operations 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Administration costs 

Operating profit after exceptional items 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

761,065 

1,094,001 

452,150 

656,955 

35,931 

11,780 

1,122 

46,404 

19,699 

1,734 

1,262,048 

1,818,793 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

– 

– 

4,609  

204  

75,861 

(1,484) 

10,705 

75,386 

3,806 

79 

49,059 

– 

52 weeks 
Ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

171 
– 

27 

198 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

32,086 

38,241 

– 

– 

76,879 

(1,545) 

11,558 

73,779 

7,634 

55 

– 

343 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

167 
23 

27 

217 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

1,262,048 

1,818,793 

(1,217,521) 

(1,639,378) 

44,527 

(40,764) 

179,415 

(47,498) 

3,763 

131,917 

Included within cost of sales is £449.2m (2019: £640.5m) relating to cost of inventory recognised as expense. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

3.  Property gains and losses 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Before    Exceptional   
items   
(note 4)   
£000    

exceptional   
items   
£000    

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July  
2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

Disposals 

Fixed assets  

Leases 

Additional costs of disposal 

Impairments 

Property, plant and equipment (note 13) 

Intangible assets (note 12) 

Right-of-use assets (note 25) 

Other assets (note 15) 

Other 

Onerous lease provision (note 22) 

Other property gains 

1,002   
(1,125)   
258    

135    

–   
–   
–   
–    
–   

–   
(619)    
(619)   

2,769   
–   
684    
3,453   

28,602   
10,699   
4,722   
–    
44,023   

–   
–    
–   

3,771 

(1,125) 

942 

3,588 

28,602 

10,699 

4,722 

– 

44,023 

– 

(619) 

(619) 

(4,650) 

1,015 

(3,635) 

– 

230 

– 

568 

– 

798 

(4,420) 

1,583 

(2,837) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,179) 

(1,179) 

3,550 

3,550 

– 

– 

145 

3,695 

– 

1,762 

– 

1,762 

– 

– 

145 

3,695 

– 

1,762 

(1,179) 

583 

Total property (gains)/losses 

(484)    

47,476    

46,992 

(5,599) 

7,040 

1,441 

22 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
    
    
  
 
 
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

4.  Exceptional items 

Operating exceptional items 

Covid-19 

Stock losses 

Equipment 

Staff costs 

Other  

Gaming machine settlement 

Total exceptional operating costs 

Exceptional property losses 

Disposal programme 

Loss on disposal of pubs 

Impairment of property plant and equipment  

Impairment of other non-current assets 

Onerous lease provision  

Other property losses 

Impairment of early stage development costs 

Impairment of delayed projects 

Impairment of trading pubs 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Onerous lease provision 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

5,862 

6,167 

17,062 

29,091 

(15,890) 

13,201 

3,453 

4,698 

– 

– 

8,151 

1,290 

2,112 

25,224 

10,699 

– 

39,325 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,583 

1,298 

93 

1,134 

4,108 

– 

– 

2,304 

– 

628 

2,932 

Total exceptional property losses 

47,476 

7,040 

Exceptional tax 

Impact of corporate tax rate change 

Tax effect on exceptional items 

Total exceptional items 

4,252 

(5,885) 

(1,633) 

– 

(188) 

(188) 

59,044 

6,852 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
  
 
  
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

4.   Exceptional items (continued) 

Covid-19 
The company had recognised an exceptional charge of £29,091,000 which included £5,862,000 for stock which perished, 
£6,167,000 for personal protective equipment and hygiene products and £17,062,000 on pub-based staff costs during the 
closure period. The payments made to staff during this period are amounts paid by the company to staff over and above the 
furlough grants received and the costs of employing staff during preopening training and pub-cleaning.  

Assuming that the company would have been trading in a similar manner in the second half of the year to that of the first,  
the full impact of ‘lockdown’ on the company is estimated to be £0.5 billion in lost sales, £152 million in lost profits and a  
£156-million reduction in free cash flow.1 

Gaming machine settlement 
The income of £15,890,000 related to a long-standing claim with HMRC, relating to VAT on gaming machines. HMRC first paid 
the company these monies in April 2010; following an appeal by HMRC, the company paid back the original monies and an 
interest charge of £997,000 in October 2013. During the financial year, HMRC agreed to settle this amount with the company. 
The amount recognised is the settlement value including interest less professional fees paid by the company in support of  
this case. 

The company has requested that HMRC repay the interest of £997,000 charged to the company between April 2010 and 
October 2013. As repayment of these monies is not certain, it has not been recognised in the financial year ended 26 July 2020.  

Disposal programme 
The company has offered several of its sites for sale. At the year end, a further eight (2019: eight) sites had been sold.  
The company closed one pub in the year which fell outside of the disposal programme’s scope. 

In the table above, the costs classified as loss on disposal are the losses on sold sites and associated costs to sale. 

Other property losses 
The company has reviewed its approach to capitalising costs in the early stages of a pub’s development. In future, some initial 
costs will be expensed to the income statement. A property impairment charge of £1,290,000 relates to similar costs held on the 
balance sheet at the start of the year. A further impairment charge for early stage project costs of £2,112,000 related to projects 
being delayed as a result of the current economic environment following lockdown.   

Property impairment relates to the situation in which, owing to poor trading performance, pubs are unlikely to generate sufficient 
cash flows in the future to justify their current book value. In the year, an exceptional charge of £25,224,000 (2019: £2,304,000) 
was incurred in respect of the impairment of assets as required under IAS 36. This comprises an impairment charge of 
£25,224,000 (2019: £2,304,000), offset by impairment reversals of £Nil (2019: £Nil). 

During the year, the company reviewed its accounting for the development and implementation of information technology 
systems. As a result of this review, it is the company’s assessment that it will not achieve the future economic benefit from some 
of these assets, which it had previously anticipated. The impairment charge of £9,540,000 reflects the company’s view of future 
economic benefits which will be achieved. An additional impairment charge of £1,159,000 was made for the development and 
implementation of information technology systems for projects which were delayed or cancelled. 

The exceptional items listed above generated a net cash outflow of £10,575,000 (2019: outflow of £6,040,000). 

Taxation 
An exceptional tax credit of £5,885,000, relating to the exceptional operating items, the impairment of right-of-use assets  
and a proportion of the impairment of intangible assets, has been recognised. 

During the year, the UK government has announced that corporation tax rates will increase from 17% to 19%; this has resulted 
in an increase in the company’s deferred tax liabilities of £4,252,000. 

1 Information on the impact of Covid-19 on the full-year results is an estimate based on historic trends and does not form part of the required reporting  
within these financial statements; consequently, a review of these numbers does not form part of the audit work completed by the company’s auditor. 

24 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

5.  Employee benefits expenses 

Wages and salaries 

Government grant 

Social Security costs 

Other pension costs 

Share-based payments 

Directors’ emoluments 

Aggregate emoluments  

Aggregate amount receivable under long-term incentive schemes  

Company contributions to money purchase pension scheme  

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

565,032 

(131,539) 

31,710 

8,308 

10,705 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

568,758 

– 

35,783 

6,912 

11,558 

484,216 

623,011 

2020 
£000 

1,547 

173 

165 

1,885 

2019 
£000 

1,858 

515 

162 

2,535 

Government grants disclosed above are amounts claimed by the company under the coronavirus job retention scheme. 

For further details of directors’ emoluments, please see the directors’ remuneration report on pages 78–87. 

The totals below relate to the monthly average number of employees during the year, not the total number of employees at the 
end of the year (including directors on a service contract). 

Full-time equivalents 

Managerial/administration 

Hourly paid staff 

Total employees 

Managerial/administration 

Hourly paid staff 

2020 
Number 

2019 
Number 

4,696 

20,952 

25,648 

2020 
Number 

4,792 

38,427 

43,219 

4,442 

21,035 

25,477 

2019 
Number 

4,541 

37,358 

41,899 

For details of the Share Incentive Plan and the Deferred Bonus Scheme, refer to the directors’ remuneration report  
on pages 78–87. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

5.   Employee benefits expenses (continued) 

The shares awarded as part of the above schemes are based on the cash value of the bonuses at the date of the awards. 
These awards vest over three years – with their cost spread over their three-year life. The share-based payment charge above 
represents the annual cost of bonuses awarded over the past three years. All awards are settled in equity. 

The company operates two share-based compensation plans. In both schemes, the fair values of the shares granted are 
determined by reference to the share price at the date of the award. The shares vest at a £Nil exercise price – and there are  
no market-based conditions to the shares which affect their ability to vest. 

Share-based payments 

Shares awarded during the year (shares) 

Average price of shares awarded (p) 

Market value of shares vested during the year (£000) 

Total obligation of the share-based payment scheme (£000) 

6.  Finance income and costs 

Finance costs 

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts 

Amortisation of bank loan issue costs (note 10) 

Interest payable on swaps 

Interest payable on asset-financing 

Interest payable on private placement 

Finance costs, excluding lease interest 

Interest payable on leases 

Total finance costs 

Bank interest receivable 

Lease interest receivable 

Total finance income 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 

568,821 

1,390,290 

1,542 

14,097 

14,999 

1,313 

17,173 

16,259 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

21,292 

1,541 

14,522 

503 

2,909 

40,767 

21,980 

62,747 

(161) 

(451) 

(612) 

21,089 

925 

12,705 

379 

– 

35,098 

– 

35,098 

(41) 

– 

(41) 

The finance costs in the income statement were covered 0.3 times by earnings before interest, tax and exceptional items.  
On a pre-IFRS 16 basis, the finance costs in the income statement were covered 0.2 times (2019: 3.9 times) by earnings before 
interest, tax and exceptional items. 

26 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

7. 

Income tax expense 

(a)  Tax on profit on ordinary activities 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK is 19.00%. The company’s profits for the accounting period are taxed at a rate of 
19.00% (2019: 19.00%). 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Exceptional   
items   
(note 4)   
£000    

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

Taken through income statement 

Current income tax: 

Current income tax (credit)/charge 

Previous period adjustment 

Total current income tax 

(2,827)   
227   

(2,600)    

(7,502)   

–    
(7,502)   

(10,329) 

227 

(10,102) 

Deferred tax: 

Temporary differences 

Previous year deferred tax charge/(credit) 

Impact of change in UK tax rate 

Total deferred tax 

(3,660)   
90   

–    
(3,570)   

1,617   
–   

4,252    
5,869   

(2,043) 

90 

4,252 

2,299 

23,406 

(922) 

22,484 

2,174 

(1,828) 

– 

346 

(273) 

23,133 

– 

(922) 

(273) 

22,211 

85 

– 

– 

85 

2,259 

(1,828) 

– 

431 

Tax (credit)/charge 

(6,170)    

(1,633)    

(7,803) 

22,830 

(188) 

22,642 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Exceptional   
items   
(note 4)   
£000    

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 2019 
2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

(226)   

423    

197    

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    

(5,720)   

(1,555)    

(7,275)    

–   

–    

–    

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
Exceptional   
items   
(note 4)   
£000    

(226) 

423 

197 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

–   

–    

–    

(5,720) 

(1,555) 

(7,275) 

(514) 

5 

(509) 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

(4,243) 

– 

(4,243) 

– 

– 

– 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Exceptional 
items 
(note 4) 
£000 

– 

– 

– 

(514) 

5 

(509) 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

(4,243) 

– 

(4,243) 

Taken through equity 

Current tax 

Deferred tax 

Tax charge/(credit) 

Taken through comprehensive income 

Deferred tax charge on swaps 

Impact of change in UK tax rate 

Tax credit 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
   
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

7.  

Income tax expense (continued) 

(b)  Reconciliation of the total tax charge 

The taxation charge for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 is based on the pre-exceptional loss before tax of £44.7m  
and the estimated effective tax rate before exceptional items for the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 of 13.8% (2019: 22.3%).  
This comprises a pre-exceptional current tax rate of 5.8% (2019: 22.0%) and a pre-exceptional deferred tax charge of  
8.0% (2019: 0.3% charge). 

The UK standard weighted average tax rate for the period is 19.0% (2019: 19.0%). The current tax rate is higher than  
the UK standard weighted average tax rate, owing mainly to depreciation which is not eligible for tax relief. 

52 weeks   
ended   
26 July 

2020   
Before   
exceptional   
items   
£000    
(44,687)   

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
After 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

(105,364) 

102,459 

95,419 

(8,491)   

(20,019) 

19,467 

18,130 

(Loss)/profit before income tax  

Profit multiplied by the UK standard rate of  

corporation tax of 19.0% (2019: 19.0%) 

Abortive acquisition costs and disposals  

Other disallowables  

Other allowable deductions  

Capital gains – effects of reliefs 

Non-qualifying depreciation  

Deduction for shares and SIPs  

Remeasurement of other balance sheet items  

Unrecognised losses in overseas companies  

Unrecognised losses capital losses 

Adjust current year deferred tax movement to 19.0% 

Previous year adjustment – current tax  

Previous year adjustment – deferred tax 

6   
86   
(35)   
603   
83   
622   
(67)   
706   
–   
–   
227   

90    

6 

216 

(35) 

603 

5,122 

622 

(67) 

1,180 

– 

4,252 

227 

90 

Total tax expense reported in the income statement 

(6,170)    

(7,803) 

(c)  Reconciliation of the total tax charge 

Current tax liability/(asset) 

As at 29 July 2018 

Charge to the income statement 

Credited to equity 

Paid 

As at 28 July 2019 

Credited to the income statement 

Credited to equity 

Paid 

As at 26 July 2020 

85 

384 

(111) 

(380) 

2,487 

(449) 

(71) 

557 

3,611 

– 

(922) 

(1,828) 

22,830 

85 

567 

(111) 

(295) 

3,368 

(449) 

(71) 

557 

3,611 
– 

(922) 

(1,828) 

22,642 

£000 

8,950 

22,211 

(514) 

(19,661) 

10,986 

(10,102) 

(226) 

(10,971) 

(10,313) 

28 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

7.  

Income tax expense (continued) 

(d)  Deferred tax 

The deferred tax in the balance sheet is as follows: 

The Finance Act 2020 maintained the main rate of corporation tax rate at 19% from 1 April 2020, overriding the Finance Act 
2017 which had reduced the main rate to 17% from that date. Deferred tax balances at the year end have been recognised  
at a corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 17%). 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 

At 28 July 2019 

Previous year movement posted to the income statement 

Movement during year posted to the income statement 

Impact of tax rate change posted to the income statement 

At 26 July 2020 

Deferred tax assets 

At 28 July 2019 

Movement during year posted to the income statement 

Movement during year posted to comprehensive income 

Movement during year posted to equity 

Impact of change in tax rate posted to comprehensive income 

At 26 July 2020 

£000 

36,799 

683 

(5,077) 

3,812 

36,217 

Share 
based 
payments 
£000 

1,638 

(397) 

– 

(423) 

– 

818 

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£000 

4,255 

(593) 

2,637 

440 

6,739 

Interest-rate 
swaps 

£000 

8,342 

– 

5,720 

– 

1,555 

Total 

£000 

41,054 

90 

(2,440) 

4,252 

42,956 

Total 

£000 

9,980 

(397) 

5,720 

(423) 

1,555 

15,617 

16,435 

The company has recognised deferred tax assets of £16.4m, which it expected to offset against future profits. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset as follows: 

Other temporary differences of £6.7m include deferred tax of £2.5m on the gaming machine settlement and £4.2m of  
rolled-over property gains.  

Deferred tax liabilities 
Offset against deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets 
Offset against deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax asset 

2020 
£000 

42,956 
(818) 

42,138 

16,435 
(818) 

15,617 

2019 
£000 
41,054 
(1,638) 

39,416 

9,980 
(1,638) 

8,342 

As at 26 July 2020, the company had a potential deferred tax asset of £4.9m (2019: £3.6m), relating to capital losses.  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

8.  Earnings and free cash flow per share 

(a)  Weighted average number of shares 

Earnings per share (EPS) are based on the weighted average number of shares in issue of 108,550,647 (2019: 105,439,345), 
including those held in trust in respect of employee share schemes. Earnings per share, calculated on this basis, are usually 
referred to as ‘diluted’, since all of the shares in issue are included. 

Accounting standards refer to ‘basic earnings’ per share – these exclude those shares held in trust in respect of  
employee share schemes. 

During a period where a company makes a loss, accounting standards require that ‘dilutive’ shares – for the company, those 
held in trust in respect of employee share schemes – not be included in the earning per share calculation, because they will 
reduce the reported loss per share; consequently, all per-share measures in the current period are based on the number of 
shares in issue less shares held in trust of 106,554,289. 

Weighted average number of shares 

Shares in issue (used for diluted EPS) 

Shares held in trust  

Shares in issue less shares held in trust (used for basic EPS) 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 

108,550,647 

105,439,345 

(1,996,358) 

(2,313,464) 

106,554,289 

103,125,881 

The weighted average number of shares held in trust for employee share schemes has been adjusted to exclude  
those shares which have vested, yet remain in trust. 

(b)  Earnings per share 

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 

Earnings (loss after tax) 

Exclude effect of exceptional items after tax 

Earnings before exceptional items 

Exclude effect of property gains 

Underlying earnings before exceptional items 

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 – pre IFRS 16 

Earnings (loss after tax) 

Exclude effect of exceptional items after tax 

Earnings before exceptional items 

Exclude effect of property losses 

Underlying earnings before exceptional items 

52 weeks ended 28 July 2019 

Earnings (profit after tax) 

Exclude effect of exceptional items after tax 

Earnings before exceptional items 

Exclude effect of property gains 

Underlying earnings before exceptional items 

Profit 
£000 

(97,561) 

59,044 

(38,517) 

(484) 

(39,001) 

Profit 
£000 

(89,610) 

59,673 

(29,937) 

641 

(29,296) 

Profit 
£000 

72,777 

6,852 

79,629 

(5,599) 

74,030 

Basic EPS 
pence 

Diluted EPS 
pence 

(89.9) 

54.4 

(35.5) 

(0.4) 

(35.9) 

(89.9) 

54.4 

(35.5) 

(0.4) 

(35.9) 

Basic EPS 
pence 

Diluted EPS 
pence 

(82.6) 

55.0 

(27.6) 

0.6 

(27.0) 

(82.6) 

55.0 

(27.6) 

0.6 

(27.0) 

Basic EPS 
pence 

Diluted EPS 
pence 

70.6 

6.6 

77.2 

(5.4) 

71.8 

69.0 

6.5 

75.5 

(5.3) 

70.2 

The diluted earnings per share before exceptional items have decreased by 138.5% (2019: decreased by 4.7%). 

30 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

8.  

Earnings and free cash flow per share (continued) 

(c)  Free cash flow per share 

The calculation of free cash flow per share is based on the net cash generated by business activities and available for 
investment in new pub developments and extensions to current pubs, after funding interest, corporation tax, lease principal 
payments, loan issue costs, all other reinvestment in pubs open at the start of the period and the purchase of own shares 
under the employee Share Incentive Plan (‘free cash flow’). It is calculated before taking account of proceeds from property 
disposals, inflows and outflows of financing from outside sources and dividend payments and is based on the weighted average 
number of shares in issue, including those held in trust in respect of the employee share schemes. 

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020  

52 weeks ended 28 July 2019 

Free cash  
 flow  

£000 

(58,852) 

96,998 

Basic free  
cash flow  
per share 
pence 

(54.2) 

94.1 

Diluted free  
cash flow  
per share 
pence 

(54.2) 

92.0 

(d)  Owners’ earnings per share 

Owners’ earnings measure the earnings attributable to shareholders from current activities adjusted for significant non-cash 
items and one-off items. Owners’ earnings are calculated as pre-IFRS 16 profit before tax, exceptional items, depreciation and  
amortisation and property gains and losses less reinvestment in current properties and cash tax. Cash tax is defined as the 
current year’s current tax charge.  

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020  

Loss before tax and exceptional items (income statement) 1 

Exclude depreciation and amortisation (note 2) 

Exclude amortised on other fixed assets 2 

Less reinvestment in current properties 

Exclude property losses (note 3) 

Less accelerated tax relief on leases 3 

Less cash tax (note 7) 

Owners’ earnings 

52 weeks ended 28 July 2019  

Profit before tax and exceptional items (income statement) 

Exclude depreciation and amortisation (note 2) 

Less reinvestment in current properties 

Exclude property gains (note 3) 

Less cash tax (note 7) 

Owners’ earnings 

Owners’  
Earnings 
£000 

(34,095) 

79,271 

368 

(32,062) 

641 

(2,012) 

2,827 

13,656 

Owners’  
Earnings 
£000 

102,459 

81,811 

(55,239) 

(5,599) 

(23,406) 

100,026 

Basic 
Owners’ EPS 
pence 

Diluted 
Owners’ EPS 
pence 

(32.0) 

74.4 

0.3 

(29.5) 

0.6 

(1.9) 

2.7 

12.6 

(31.4) 

73.0 

0.3 

(30.1) 

0.6 

(1.9) 

2.7 

12.8 

Basic 
Owners’ EPS 
pence 

Diluted 
Owners’ EPS 
pence 

99.4 

79.3 

(53.6) 

(5.4) 

(22.7) 

97.0 

97.2 

77.6 

(52.4) 

(5.3) 

(22.2) 

94.9 

The diluted owners’ earnings per share decreased by 86.5% (2019: increased by 6.0%).  

As the company made an owners’ earnings profit in the period, the ‘diluted’ owners’-earnings-per-share calculation includes 
shares held in trust, as their inclusion would not have an ‘antidilutive’ effect.  

1 Loss pre-IFRS 16. 
2 Being the amortisation of other fixed assets which would have been charged, if IFRS 16 were not adopted. 
3 Being the accelerated tax relief received on leases as a result of the introduction of IFRS 16. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

8.   Earnings and free cash flow per share (continued) 

Analysis of additions by type 

Reinvestment in existing pubs 

Investment in new pubs and pub extensions 

Freehold reversions and investment properties 

Analysis of additions by category 

Property, plant and equipment (note 13) 

Intangible assets (note 12) 

Investment properties (note 14) 

Other non-current assets (note 15) 

(e)   Operating profit per share 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 

32,062 

41,047 

98,463 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 

55,239 

35,172 

77,207 

171,572 

167,618 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 

164,450 

1,047 

6,075 

– 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 

161,242 

5,925 

– 

451 

171,572 

167,618 

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 before exceptional items 

Impact of exceptional items 

52 weeks ended 26 July 2020 after exceptional items 

52 weeks ended 28 July 2019 

Operating 
profit 
£000 

16,964 

(13,201) 

3,763 

131,917 

Basic operating 
profit per share 
pence 

Diluted operating 
profit per share 
pence 

15.5 

(12.3) 

3.4 

127.9 

15.8 

(12.3) 

3.4 

125.1 

As the company made an operating profit in the period the ‘diluted’ operating profit per shares includes shares in held in trusts 
as the inclusion of these share would not have an ‘anti-dilutive’ effect. 

32 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

9.  Cash generated from operations 

(Loss)/profit for the period 

Adjusted for: 

Tax (note 7) 

Share-based charges (note 2) 

Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (note 3) 

Disposal of capitalised leases (note 3) 

Net onerous lease provision (note 3) 

Net impairment charge (note 3) 

Interest receivable (note 6) 

Interest payable (note 6) 

Lease interest receivable (note 6) 

Lease interest payable (note 6) 

Amortisation of bank loan issue costs (note 6) 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 13) 

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 12) 

Depreciation on investment properties (note 14) 

Amortisation of other non-current assets (note 15) 

Aborted properties costs 

Amortisation of right-of-use assets (note 25) 

Change in inventories  

Change in receivables  

Change in payables 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

52 weeks*   
ended   
26 July   
2020   
£000    
(89,610)   

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

(97,561) 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

72,777 

(5,162)   
10,705   
3,771   
–   
1,411   
42,612   
(161)   
39,226   
–   
–   
1,541   
75,386   
3,806   
79   
368   
33   

–    
84,005   
622   
(21,263)   
(24,646)   

(7,803) 

10,705 

3,771 

(1,125) 

– 

44,023 

(161) 

39,226 

(451) 

21,980 

1,541 

75,386 

3,806 

79 

– 

33 

49,059 

22,642 

11,558 

(3,635) 

– 

1,762 

3,695 

(41) 

34,173 

– 

– 

925 

73,779 

7,634 

55 

343 

430 

– 

142,508 

226,097 

622 

(17,052) 

(50,413) 

(417) 

1,228 

268 

Cash flow from operating activities 

38,718    

75,665 

227,176 

*This column shows the cash generated from operations as it would have been reported, before the introduction of IFRS 16. 
The amount of £38,718,000 shown is presented at the start of the pre-IFRS 16 cash flow presented within the  
primary statements.  

The difference of £36,947,000 between the cash flow from operating activities of £75,665,000 and the pre-IFRS 16 number  
of £38,718,000 is shown in the table below. 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Lease liability payments made (note 25) 

Lease assets payments received (note 25) 

Cash flow from operating activities – pre-IFRS 16 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

75,665 

(38,330) 

1,383 

38,718 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

10.  Analysis of change in net debt 

Borrowings 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Asset-financing creditor – due before one year 

Current net borrowings 

Bank loans – due after one year 

Asset-financing creditor – due after one year 

Private placement – due after one year 

Non-current net borrowings 

Net debt 

Derivatives 
Interest-rate swaps asset – due after one year 

Interest-rate swaps liability – due after one year 

Total derivatives 

28 July 

IFRS 16 
2019  migration 
£000 
£000 

Cash 
Non-cash  
flows  movement 
£000 
£000 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

42,950 

(3,287) 

39,663 

(770,076) 

(6,607) 

– 

(776,683) 

(737,020) 

321 

(49,393) 

(49,072) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

131,501 

(13,250) 

118,251 

– 

174,451 

8,927 

8,927 

(7,610) 

166,841 

(98,998) 

(1,498) 

(870,572) 

– 

(8,927) 

(15,534) 

(97,679) 

(43) 

(97,722) 

(196,677) 

(10,468) 

(983,828) 

(78,426) 

(1,541) 

(816,987) 

– 

– 

– 

(321) 

– 

(32,801) 

(82,194) 

(33,122) 

(82,194) 

Net debt after derivatives 

(786,092) 

– 

(78,426) 

(34,663) 

(899,181) 

Leases 
Lease assets – due before one year 

Lease assets – due after one year 

Lease obligations – due before one year 

Lease obligations – due after one year 

Net lease liabilities 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,583 

(1,056) 

11,853 

– 

1,209 

(738) 

1,736 

11,115 

(61,252) 

19,923 

(24,014) 

(65,343) 

(570,052) 

– 

80,664 

(489,388) 

(617,868) 

18,867 

57,121 

(541,880) 

Net debt after derivatives and lease liabilities 

(786,092) 

(617,868) 

(59,559) 

22,458 

(1,441,061) 

The cash movement on the private placement of £97,679,000 is disclosed in the cash flow statement as an advance under 
private placement of £98,000,000 and a cash payment of loan issue costs of £321,000. 

The cash movement on the bank loans of £98,998,000 is disclosed in the cash flow statement as an advance under bank loans  
of £100,000,000 and a cash payment of loan issue costs of £1,002,000. Total loan issue costs of £1,323,000 are disclosed in 
the cash flow statement. 

The cash movement on asset-financing of £13,250,000 is disclosed in the cash flow statement as an advance  
under asset-financing of £16,152,000 and principal payments of £2,902,000. 

Non-cash movements 
The non-cash movement in bank loans and the private placement relate to the amortisation of loan issue costs.  
The amortised charge for the year of £1,541,000 is disclosed in note 6. These are upfront payments made to obtain new 
borrowings. These costs are charged to the income statement over the expected life of the loan. The movement in interest-rate 
swaps relates to the change in the ‘mark to market’ valuations for the year. 

The migration movement of £617,868,000 is the recognition of the lease liability of £631,304,000 and the lease asset of 
£13,436,000 on adoption of IFRS 16. These amounts are disclosed in note 25. The non-cash movement in lease liabilities is 
analysed in the table below. 

Non-cash movement in net lease liabilities 

Recognition of new leases (note 25) 

Remeasurements of existing leases liabilities (note 25) 

Remeasurements of existing leases assets (note 25) 

Disposal of lease (note 25) 

Cancelled principal payments (note 25) 

Exchange differences (note 25) 

Non-cash movement in net lease liabilities 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

(27,361) 

(7,207) 

471 

85,115 

6,127 

(24) 

57,121 

34 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
  
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

10.  Analysis of change in net debt (continued) 

The table below calculated a ratio between net debt, being borrowings less cash and cash equivalents, and earnings before 
interest, tax and depreciation (EBITDA). The numbers in this table are all before the effect of IFRS 16. 

Profit before tax (income statement) 

Interest (note 6) 

Depreciation 

Earnings before interest, tax and depreciation (EBITDA) 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

(34,095) 

40,606 

79,639 

86,150 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

102,459 

35,057 

81,811 

219,327 

Net debt/EBITDA 

9.48 

3.36 

The depreciation charge in the table above of £79,639,000 comprises the non-lease depreciation and amortisation charges 
disclosed in note 2 of £79,271,000 and the amortisation of £368,000 which would have been charged on other non-current 
assets, had IFRS 16 not been implemented.  

11.  Dividends paid and proposed 

Declared and paid during the year: 

Dividends on ordinary shares: 

– final for 2017/18: 8.0p (2016/17: 8.0p) 

– interim for 2018/19: 4.0p (2017/18: 4.0p) 

– final for 2018/19: 8.0p (2017/18: 8.0p) 

Proposed for approval by shareholders at the AGM: 

– final for 2019/20: 8.0p (2018/19: 8.0p) 

Dividend per share (p) 

Dividend cover 

52 weeks 
ended 
26 July 
2020 
£000 

52 weeks 
ended 
28 July 
2019 
£000 

– 

– 

8,371 

8,371 

– 

– 

8 

– 

8,435 

4,217 

– 

12,652 

8,397 

8,397 

12 

5.8 

Dividend cover is calculated as profit after tax and exceptional items over dividend paid. Dividend cover has not been shown for 
the current year, as the company reported a loss in the year. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

12.  Intangible assets 

Cost: 

At 29 July 2018 

Additions  

Transfers  

Disposals  

At 28 July 2019 

Additions  

Transfers  

Disposals  

At 26 July 2020 

Accumulated amortisation: 

At 29 July 2018 

Provided during the period  

Disposals  

At 28 July 2019 

Provided during the period  

Impairment loss  

Disposals  

At 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 28 July 2019 

Net book amount at 29 July 2018 

Computer 
software and 
development 
£000 

Assets  
under 
construction 
£000 

Total 

£000 

68,743 

5,925 

– 

(22) 

74,646 

1,047 

– 

1,799 

4,192 

(1,562) 

– 

4,429 

581 

(4,206) 

– 

(41,472) 

804 

34,221 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

804 

4,429 

1,799 

(43,964) 

(7,634) 

22 

(51,576) 

(3,806) 

(10,699) 

40,755 

(25,326) 

8,895 

23,070 

24,779 

66,944 

1,733 

1,562 

(22) 

70,217 

466 

4,206 

(41,472) 

33,417 

(43,964) 

(7,634) 

22 

(51,576) 

(3,806) 

(10,699) 

40,755 

(25,326) 

8,091 

18,641 

22,980 

The majority of intangible assets relates to computer software and software development. Examples include  
the development costs of our SAP accounting system, our ‘Wisdom’ property-maintenance system and the Wetherspoon app. 

36 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

13.  Property, plant and equipment 

Cost: 

At 29 July 2018 

Additions  

Transfers from investment property 

Transfers  

Exchange differences  

Transfer to held for sale  

Disposals  

Reclassification  

At 28 July 2019 

Additions  

Transfers  

Exchange differences  

Disposals  

Reclassification  

At 26 July 2020 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Freehold and  
long-leasehold  
property  
£000 

Short-  
leasehold  
property  
£000 

Equipment,  
fixtures  
and fittings  
£000 

Assets  
under 
construction 
£000 

Total 

£000 

1,110,875 

356,160 

617,800 

54,202 

2,139,037 

2,429 

38,214 

45,052 

161,242 

75,547 

1,984 

23,689 

226 

(5,076) 

(7,605) 

29,532 

97,419 

11,804 

685 

(6,012) 

30,038 

– 

– 

1,984 

5,316 

(30,497) 

– 

632 

(5,886) 

(15,366) 

– 

294 

– 

– 

– 

(3,412) 

(4,349) 

(29,532) 

– 

– 

1,492 

22 

– 

2,464 

1,675 

39 

90 

(810) 

9,412 

120 

1,229,172 

327,159 

656,261 

69,051 

2,281,643 

24,608 

39,959 

164,450 

(6,290) 

(5,669) 

(30,038) 

– 

(22,891) 

505 

– 

– 

– 

1,349 

(17,971) 

– 

1,363,106 

295,009 

684,732 

86,624 

2,429,471 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 

At 29 July 2018 

(222,037) 

(184,575) 

(426,352) 

Provided during the period  

(18,271) 

(11,733) 

(43,775) 

Transfers from investment property 

Exchange differences  

Impairment loss 

Transfer to held for sale  

Disposals  

Reclassification  

At 28 July 2019 

Provided during the period  

Exchange differences  

Impairment loss 

Disposals  

Reclassification  

At 26 July 2020 

(76) 

(45) 

– 

(18) 

(1,326) 

(1,404) 

2,063 

3,648 

(17,781) 

– 

3,497 

17,781 

– 

(117) 

(820) 

677 

3,992 

– 

(253,825) 

(176,452) 

(466,395) 

(19,675) 

(10,826) 

(44,885) 

(47) 

(17,631) 

2,051 

(18,170) 

(77) 

(4,122) 

6,298 

18,170 

(162) 

(6,849) 

5,904 

– 

(307,297) 

(167,009) 

(512,387) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(832,964) 

(73,779) 

(76) 

(180) 

(3,550) 

2,740 

11,137 

– 

(896,672) 

(75,386) 

(286) 

(28,602) 

14,253 

– 

(986,693) 

Net book amount at 26 July 2020 

1,055,809 

128,000 

172,345 

86,624 

1,442,778 

Net book amount at 28 July 2019 

975,347 

150,707 

189,866 

69,051 

1,384,971 

Net book amount at 29 July 2018 

888,838 

171,585 

191,448 

54,202 

1,306,073 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
In assessing whether a pub has been impaired, the book value of the pub is compared with its anticipated future cash flows and 
fair value. Assumptions are used about sales, costs and profit, using a pre-tax discount rate for future years of 8% (2019: 7%).  

If the value, based on the higher of future anticipated cash flows and fair value, is lower than the book value, the difference  
is written off as property impairment. 

As a result of this exercise, a net impairment loss of £28,602,000 (2019: £3,550,000) was charged to property  
losses in the income statement, as described in note 4. The assets impaired in the year had a recoverable value of  
£24,700,000 at year end. In the period depreciation was £961,000 lower, owing to historic impairment charges. At the period 
end, an impairment provision of £44,058,000 is carried in relation to property, plant and equipment.  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

14.  Investment property 

The company owns three (2019: one) freehold properties with existing tenants – and these assets have been classified  
as investment properties. During this year, the company has purchased a further two investment properties.  

Cost: 

At 29 July 2018 

Transfer to property, plant and equipment 

At 28 July 2019 

Additions  

At 26 July 2020 

Accumulated amortisation: 

At 29 July 2018 

Provided during the period  

Transfer to property, plant and equipment 

At 28 July 2019 

Provided during the period  

At 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 28 July 2019 

Net book amount at 29 July 2018 

Rental income received in the period from investment properties was £641,000 (2019: £310,000).  
Operating costs, excluding depreciation, incurred in relation to these properties amounted to £38,000 (2019: £8,000). 

In the opinion of the directors, the fair value of the investment properties is approximately £12,000,000. 

15.  Other non-current assets 

Cost: 

At 29 July 2018 

Additions  

Disposals  

At 28 July 2019 

Transfers to right-of-use asset 

At 26 July 2020 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 

At 29 July 2018 

Provided during the period  

Impairment loss 

Disposals  

At 28 July 2019 

Transfers to right-of-use asset 

At 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 28 July 2019 

Net book amount at 29 July 2018 

£000 

7,751 

(1,984) 

5,767 

6,075 

11,842 

(257) 

(55) 

76 

(236) 

(79) 

(315) 

11,527 

5,531 

7,494 

£000 

12,727 

451 

(75) 

13,103 

(13,103) 

– 

(4,802) 

(343) 

(145) 

75 

(5,215) 

5,215 

– 

– 

7,888 

7,925 

38 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
fdfdfds 

16.  Inventories 

Bar, food and non-consumable stock held at our pubs and national distribution centre. 

Goods for resale at cost 

17.  Receivables 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

23,095 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

23,717 

This category relates to situations in which third parties owe the company money. Examples include rebates from suppliers  
and overpayments of certain taxes. 

Prepayments relate to payments which have been made in respect of liabilities after the period’s end. 

Other receivables 

Receivables loss allowance 

Accrued income 

Prepayments 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

974 

– 

737 

30,465 

32,176 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

1,135 

(8) 

2,327 

18,449 

21,903 

Accrued income relates to discounts which are calculated based on certain products delivered at an agreed rate per item. 

Included in prepayments is £15.9m receivable for the gaming machine settlement (note 4) and £6.1m in government grants 
receivable under the coronavirus job retention scheme.  

Credit risk 

Due from suppliers – not due 

Due from suppliers – overdue 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

– 

974 

974 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

898 

237 

1,135 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty does not settle its financial obligation with the company. At the year end, the company 
has assessed the credit risk on amounts due from suppliers, based on historic experience, meaning that the expected lifetime 
credit loss was £Nil (2019: £8,000). Cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 – the 
identified impairment loss was immaterial. 

18.  Assets held for sale 

These relate to situations in which the company has exchanged contracts to sell a property, but the transaction is not yet 
complete. As at 26 July 2020, no sites were classified as held for sale (2019: two).  

Property, plant and equipment 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

– 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

3,146 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
              
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
              
 
 
 
 
 
  
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

19.  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates, based on daily bank deposit rates. 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

174,451 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

42,950 

20.  Trade and other payables 

This category relates to money owed by the company to suppliers and the government. 

Accruals refer to allowances made by the company for future anticipated payments to suppliers and other creditors. 

Trade payables  

Other payables  

Other tax and Social Security  

Accruals and deferred income  

21.  Borrowings 

Current (due within one year) 

Other 

Asset-financing obligations 

Total current borrowings 

Non-current (due after one year) 

Bank loans 

Variable-rate facility 

Unamortised bank loan issue costs 

Private placement 

Fixed-rate facility 

Unamortised private placement issue costs 

Other 

Asset-financing obligations 

Total non-current borrowings 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

104,145 

162,070 

27,260 

54,135 

69,545 

18,056 

62,081 

66,119 

255,085 

308,326 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

7,610 

7,610 

3,287 

3,287 

875,000 

(4,428) 

870,572 

98,000 

(278) 

97,722 

775,000 

(4,924) 

770,076 

– 

– 

– 

15,534 

6,607 

983,828 

776,683 

40 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

22.  Provisions 

At 28 July 2019 

Charged to the income statement: 

– Transferred to right-of-use assets 

– Additional charges 

– Unused amounts reversed 

– Used during year 

At 26 July 2020 

Current 

Non-current 

Total provisions 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Legal claims  Onerous lease 
£000 

£000 

3,523 

2,483 

Total 
£000 

6,006 

– 

(2,483) 

(2,483) 

1,971 

(988) 

(1,468) 

3,038 

– 

– 

– 

– 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

3,038 

– 

3,038 

1,971 

(988) 

(1,468) 

3,038 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

4,072 

1,934 

6,006 

Legal claims  
The amounts represent a provision for ongoing legal claims brought against the company by customers and employees  
in the normal course of business. Owing to the nature of the business, we expect to have a continuous provision for outstanding  
employee and public liability claims. All claim provisions are considered current and are not, therefore, discounted to take into 
account the passage of time. 

Onerous lease 
The amounts represent a provision for future rent payments on sites which are not expected to generate sufficient profits.  
Also included are provisions on any sublet properties for which rent is not fully recovered. These provisions were expected to be 
utilised over a period of up to 22 years and are discounted to take into account the passage of time. 

These amounts were transferred into the right-of-use assets created on migration to IFRS 16.  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
  
        
  
     
 
     
 
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.  Financial instruments 

The table below analyses the company’s financial liabilities in relevant maturity groupings, based on the remaining period  
at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows. 

Maturity profile of financial liabilities 

At 26 July 2020 

Bank loans  

Private placement 

Within 
1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

3–4 years 
£000 

4–5 years 
£000 

More than 
5 years 
£000 

Total 
£000 

21,809 

17,013 

17,013 

177,340 

723,693 

– 

956,868 

3,288 

2,920 

2,920 

2,920 

2,920 

102,381 

117,349 

Trade and other payables  

200,950 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

200,950 

Derivatives  

Lease liabilities 

18,171 

12,044 

11,959 

8,280 

8,061 

34,381 

92,896 

65,343 

51,253 

49,921 

49,249 

47,710 

471,596 

735,072 

Asset-financing obligations 

7,610 

7,610 

5,145 

4,324 

– 

– 

24,689 

Within 
1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

3–4 years 
£000 

4–5 years 
£000 

More than 
5 years 
£000 

Total 
£000 

At 28 July 2019 

Bank loans  

20,039 

20,039 

20,039 

20,039 

786,726 

Trade and other payables  

246,245 

– 

Derivatives  

Asset-financing obligations 

13,089 

13,089 

3,287 

3,287 

– 

6,962 

3,287 

– 

6,877 

819 

– 

– 

– 

866,882 

246,245 

3,052 

18,651 

61,720 

– 

– 

10,680 

On 20 August 2019, the company authorised the issue and sale of £98m aggregate principal amount of its  
senior secured notes due 20 August 2026; this extends its total facilities, excluding asset-financing obligations,  
from £895m to £993m. 

On 22 January, the company agreed on a one-year extension for £715m of its existing banking agreement. 

On 7 August 2020, the company agreed to a three-year secured loan under the coronavirus large business interruption loan 
scheme for £48,333,332. The loan has three participating lenders. The loan has an average fixed-interest charge in the first 
year of 1.86% and 2.03% in the second and third year. 

At the balance sheet date, the company had loan facilities of £993m (2019: £895m) as detailed below: 

  Secured revolving-loan facility of £875m 
  £160m matures January 2024 
  £715m matures January 2025 
  14 participating lenders 

  Secured private placement of £98m 

  Matures August 2026 
  The purchase of loan notes is split among five participants 

  Overdraft facility of £20m 

The company has hedged its interest-rate liabilities to its banks by swapping the floating-rate debt into fixed-rate debt which  
has fixed £770m of these borrowings at rates of between 0.61% and 3.84%. The effective weighted average interest rate of the 
swap agreements used during the year is 2.42% (2019: 2.88%), fixed for a weighted average period of 4.2 years 
(2019: 4.8 years). In addition, the company has entered into forward-starting interest-rate swaps as detailed in the table below. 

Weighted average by swap period: 

From  

02/07/2018 

30/07/2021 

31/07/2023 

31/07/2026 

01/07/2028 

To  

29/07/2021 

30/07/2023 

30/07/2026 

30/06/2028 

29/03/2029 

Total swap value £m  

Weighted average interest % 

770 

770 

770 

770 

770 

2.42 

1.61 

1.10 

1.33 

1.32 

At the balance sheet date, £875m (2019: £775m) was drawn down under the £875m secured-term revolving-loan facility.  
The amounts drawn under this agreement can be varied, depending on the requirements of the business. It is expected that  
the draw-down required by the company will not drop below £770m for the duration of the interest-rate swaps detailed above. 

42 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.   Financial instruments (continued) 

Capital risk management 
The company’s capital structure comprises shareholders’ equity and loans. The objective of capital management  
is to ensure that the company is able to continue as a going concern and provide shareholders with returns on  
their investment, while managing risk. 

The company does not have a specific measure for managing capital structure; instead, the company plans its capital 
requirements and manages its loans, dividends and share buybacks accordingly. The company measures loans using  
a ratio of net debt to EBITDA which was 9.48 times (2019: 3.36 times) at the year end. 

Section 2, on page 65, discusses the financial risks associated with financial instruments, including credit risk and  
liquidity risk. 

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 
IFRS 13 requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level, using the following fair value measurement hierarchy: 

  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) 
 

Inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1 which are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly (level 2) 
Inputs for the asset or liability which are not based on observable market data (level 3) 

 

The fair value of the interest-rate swaps is considered to be level 2. All other financial assets and liabilities  
are measured in the balance sheet at amortised cost, and their valuation is also considered to be level 2. 

Interest-rate and currency risks of financial liabilities 
An analysis of the interest-rate profile of financial liabilities, after taking account of all interest-rate swaps, 
is set out in the following table. 

Analysis of interest-rate profile of financial liabilities 

Bank loans 

Floating rate due after one year 

Fixed rate due after one year 

Asset-financing obligations 

Fixed rate due in one year  

Fixed rate due after one year  

Private placement 

Fixed rate due after one year  

26 July 
2020 
£000 

– 

100,572 

770,000 

870,572 

7,610 

15,534 

23,144 

97,722 

97,722 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

– 

76 

770,000 

770,076 

3,287 

6,607 

9,894 

– 

– 

991,438 

779,970 

The floating-rate borrowings are interest-bearing borrowings at rates based on LIBOR, fixed for periods of up to one month.  
The fixed-rate loan is the element of the company’s borrowings which has been fixed with interest-rate swaps. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.   Financial instruments (continued) 

Fair values 
In some cases, payments which are due to be made in the future by the company or due to be received by the company 
have to be given a fair value. 

Any differences between book value and fair value of financial instruments are set out in the following table. 

Financial assets at amortised cost 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Receivables 

Lease assets 

Financial liabilities at amortised cost 

Trade and other payables 

Asset-financing obligations 

Lease obligations 

Private placement 

Borrowings 

Derivatives – cash flow hedges 

Non-current derivative financial asset 

Non-current derivative financial liability 

26 July 
2020 
Book value 

£000    

174,451   
974    

12,851   
188,276   

26 July 
2020 
Fair value 
£000 

174,451 

974 

12,939 

188,364 

28 July 
2019 
Book value 
£000 

42,950 

1,127 

– 

28 July 
2019 
Fair value 
£000 

42,950 

1,127 

– 

44,077 

44,077 

(200,950)   
(23,144)   
(554,731)   
(97,722)   
(870,572)    
(1,747,119)   

(200,950) 

(23,485) 

(560,041) 

(99,171) 

(879,088) 

(246,245) 

(246,245) 

(9,894) 

(9,915) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(770,076) 

(771,093) 

(1,762,735) 

(1,026,215) 

(1,027,253) 

–   
(82,194)    
(82,194)    

– 

(82,194) 
(82,194) 

321 

(49,393) 
(49,072) 

321 

(49,393) 
(49,072) 

The fair value of derivatives has been calculated by discounting all future cash flows by the market yield curve at the  
balance sheet date. The fair value of borrowings has been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at the  
year end’s prevailing interest rates. 

Obligations under asset-financing  
The minimum payments under asset-financing fall due as follows: 

Within one year  

In the second to fifth year, inclusive  

Less future finance charges  

Present value of obligations  

Less amount due for settlement within one year  

Amount due for settlement during the second to fifth year, inclusive  

All asset-financing obligations are in respect of various equipment used in the business.  
No escalation clauses are included in the agreements. 

26 July 
2020 
£000 

7,610 

17,079 

24,689 

(1,545) 

23,144 

(7,610) 

15,534 

28 July 
2019 
£000 

3,287 

7,393 

10,680 

(786) 

9,894 

(3,287) 

6,607 

44 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
  
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

23.   Financial instruments (continued) 

Interest-rate swaps 
At 26 July 2020, the company had fixed-rate swaps designated as hedges of floating-rate borrowings. The floating-rate 
borrowings are interest-bearing borrowings at rates based on LIBOR, fixed for periods of up to one month. 

As at 28 July 2019 

Change in fair value posted to comprehensive income 

Deferred tax posted to comprehensive income 

As at 26 July 2020 

Loss/(gain) on 
 interest-rate 
swaps 
£000 

49,072 

33,122 

Deferred  
tax 

£000 

(8,342) 

– 

– 

(7,275) 

82,194 

(15,617) 

Charged  
to equity 

£000 

40,730 

33,122 

(7,275) 

66,577 

No ineffectiveness arose during the period (2019: £Nil). Amounts charged to the profit and loss account in relation to  
interest-rate swaps are charged to finance costs – see note 6. 

Interest-rate hedges  
The company’s interest-rate swap agreements are in place as protection against future changes in borrowing costs.  
Under these agreements, the company pays a fixed-interest charge and receives variable-interest income which matches  
the variable-interest payments made on the company’s borrowings. 

There is an economic relationship among the company’s revolving-loan facility, the hedged item and the company’s interest-rate 
swaps, the hedging instruments, where the company pays a floating-interest charge on the loan and receives a  
floating-interest-rate credit on the interest-rate swap. The interest-rate swap agreement allows the company to receive a 
floating-interest-rate credit and requires the company to pay an agreed fixed-interest charge. 

The company has established a hedging ratio of 1:1 between the interest-rate swaps and the company’s floating-rate 
borrowings, meaning that floating interest rates paid should be identical to the amounts received for a given amount  
of borrowings. 

These hedges could be ineffective if the:  

 

 
 

period over which the borrowings were drawn were changed. This could result in the borrowings 
being made at a different floating rate than the interest-rate swap. 
gross amount of borrowings was less than the value swapped.  
impact of LIBOR reform causes a mismatch between the interest rate of the swaps and  
that of the company’s debt 

The company tests hedge effectiveness prospectively using the hypothetical derivative method and compares the changes  
in the fair value of the hedging instrument with those in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.  

Interest-rate sensitivity 
During the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020, if the interest rates on UK-denominated borrowings had been 1% higher, with all other 
variables constant, pre-tax profit for the year would have been reduced by £258,000 and equity increased by £66,700,000. The 
movement in equity arises from a change in the ‘mark to market’ valuation of the interest-rate swaps into which the company 
has entered, calculated by a 1% shift of the market yield curve. The company considers that a 1% movement in interest rates 
represents a reasonable sensitivity to potential changes. However, this analysis is for illustrative purposes only. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

24.  Other liabilities 

Operating lease incentives 

26 July 

28 July 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

– 

10,930 

Included in other liabilities were lease incentives on leases where the lessor retains substantially all of the risks and benefits of 
ownership of the asset. The lease incentives were recognised as a reduction in rent over the lease term and shown as a liability 
on the balance sheet. These amounts now form part of the right-of-use assets – please see note 25.  

25.  Leases 

About 36% of the company’s pubs are leasehold. New leases are normally for 30 years, with a break clause after 15 years. 
Most leases have upwards-only rent reviews, based on open-market rental at the time of review, but most new pub leases  
have an uplift in rent which is fixed at the start of the lease. 

(a)  Right-of-use assets 

The table below shows the movements in the company’s right-of-use assets. 

Cost: 

Recognition of assets 

Additions  

Remeasurement 

Exchange differences  
Disposals and derecognised leases   

At 26 July 2020 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment: 

Provided during the period  

Exchange differences  

Impairment loss 
Disposals and derecognised leases   

At 26 July 2020 

Net book amount at 26 July 2020 

£000 

617,837 

27,361 

6,736 

10 

(89,151) 

562,793 

(49,059) 

(3) 

(4,722) 

5,160 

(48,624) 

514,169 

During the period, 21 leases were remeasured as a result of changes in the agreed payments under the lease contracts and 
changes in the lease terms. In addition, two new lease contracts were agreed on.  

Disposals and derecognised leases in the period represents the purchasing of 27 formerly leasehold properties, the disposal of 
four leases altogether and also one lease where the fixed rent payments are now set to zero; consequently, future rental 
payments are no longer capitalised. 

46 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

25.  Leases (continued) 

(b)  Lease maturity profile 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The tables below analyse the company’s lease liabilities and assets in relevant maturity groupings, based on the remaining 
period at the balance sheet date to the end of the lease. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows. The impact of discounting reconciles these amounts to the values disclosed in the balance sheet.  

Lease liabilities 

Within one year  

Between one and two years  

Between two and three years  

Between three and four years  

Between four and five years  

After five years  

Lease commitments payable 

Discounting lease liability 

Lease liability 

Lease assets 

Within one year  

Between one and two years  

Between two and three years  

Between three and four years  

Between four and five years  

After five years  

Discounting lease asset 

Lease asset 

2020 
£000 

65,343 

51,253 

49,921 

49,249 

47,710 

471,596 

735,072 

2019 
£000 

61,252 

61,177 

58,523 

57,050 

56,400 

541,916 

836,318 

(180,341) 

(205,014) 

554,731 

631,304 

2020 
£000 

1,736 

1,638 

1,586 

1,130 

1,084 

8,325 

2019 
£000 

1,583 

1,545 

1,448 

1,391 

1,125 

9,338 

15,499 

16,430 

(2,648) 

12,851 

(2,994) 

13,436 

The comparative numbers disclosed above are those included in the migration note in the 2019 annual report.  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

26.  Leases (continued) 

(c)  Lease liability 

The tables below show the movements in the period of the lease liability and the lease asset. 

Lease liability 

At 28 July 2019 

Recognition of liability 

Additions 

Remeasurements of leases 

Cancelled principal payments 

Disposals and derecognised leases 

Exchange differences 

Lease liabilities before payments 

Interest due 

Payments made 

Net principal payments 

At 26 July 2020 

2020 
£000 

– 

631,304 

27,361 

7,207 

(6,127) 

(85,115) 

24 

574,654 

18,407 

(38,330) 

(19,923) 

554,731 

The company has applied the practical expedience in the May 2020 amendment to IFRS 16 – an amendment which  
allows reductions in rent payments made before June 2021 to be credited to the profit and loss account, rather than requiring 
the remeasuring of the lease and spreading rent reduction received in this period over the term of the lease. 

The application of this amendment results in principal payments of £6,127,000 being credited to the profit and loss account and 
a reduction in associated interest charges of £1,833,000, resulting in a total credit to the profit and loss account of £7,960,000. 

Future rental payments, up to the end of the lease, are capitalised, including any agreed increases. Future rent payments  
could change as a result of open-market rent reviews or options being exercised to terminate a lease early. Any changes in the 
minimum unavoidable lease payments will be included as a remeasurement of the lease liability. 

Leases with lease terms of less than one year are not capitalised.  

Lease assets 

At 28 July 2019 

Recognition of asset 

Remeasurements of leases 

Lease assets before payments 

Interest due 

Payments received 

Net principal payments 

At 26 July 2020 

2020 
£000 

– 

13,436 

471 

13,907 

327 

(1,383) 

(1,056) 

12,851 

The company has sublet several of its leases which have been capitalised above, with lease assets being the capitalised  
future rent receivables from sublet sites. The company monitors the receipts of rental charges on sublet sites and will take the 
appropriates steps where any amounts remain unpaid. It is the company’s view that there are no significant credit losses on  
the sublease assets. 

The interest payable and receivable shown in the tables above is the interest element of the payments made and received  
in the period. These amounts differ from the lease interest charged/credited to the income statement in the period – see note 6. 
The amounts charged/credited to the income statement in the period will also include amounts due, but not paid, in the period.   

The incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities and assets was 2.7–3.9%, depending on the lease’s length. 

48 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

27.  Leases (continued) 

(d) 

IFRS 16 migration 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

IFRS 16 Leases 
This standard replaces IAS 17 Leases and is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.  
The standard was adopted by the company on 29 July 2019. 

When the new standard became effective, the company recognised, on the balance sheet, a right-of-use asset and a lease 
liability for future lease payments, in respect of all leases, excluding those with terms less than 12 months and those for  
low-value assets. 

Lessor accounting remains similar to the previous standard. The lessor continues to classify leases as finance or operating 
leases, depending on whether the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the lessee. Some of the company’s 
sublet properties were classified as finance leases under the new standard, as the risks and rewards of ownership of the  
IFRS 16 right-of-use asset was transferred to the lessee, whereas, under IAS 17, there was no asset recognised in the 
accounts; as a result, the leases were treated as operating leases. 

Transition 
On 29 July 2019, the company adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach. The new standard allows, on a 
lease-by-lease basis, for the value of the right-of-use assets to be determined as if the lease had started on the date of transition 
or the start date of the lease. This choice does not affect the recognised lease liability, but does affect the value of the asset. 
Valuing on the day of transition results in a right-of-use asset of broadly the same value as the lease liability. Valuing at the start 
date of the lease results in a lower asset value at transition, reflecting the amortisation which would have been charged on the 
asset between the start of the lease and the date of transition. The reduction in the asset value would be offset by a reduction in 
distributable reserves on the balance sheet. The company has chosen to value all leases on the date of transition. 

The company has elected to use the following practical exemptions in transitioning to IFRS 16: 
 The application of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics  
 The use of existing onerous lease provisions, rather than preforming an impairment review on right-of-use assets 
 The use of hindsight in determining the lease term 

Balance sheet 
On 29 July 2019, the company recognised a right-of-use asset of £618m, a lease liability of £631m and a finance lease asset  
of £14m, related to sublet sites. The right-of-use assets comprise the net lease liability of £617m, rent prepayments of £14m, 
operating lease incentives of £11m and onerous leases of £2m. There was no adjustment to retained earnings. 

As at 28 July 2019, the company had contractual operating lease commitments payable of £836m and contractual operating 
lease commitments receivable of £23m. A reconciliation to the transition value is provided below. 

Income statement 
The total profit and loss charge over the life of a lease will remain unchanged under IFRS 16, but the new standard will change 
the pattern of how the expense is recognised in the income statement, over time, with more costs recognised in the early years 
of a lease and fewer in its later years. The expense will be recognised as a depreciation and interest charge replacing the 
operating expenses under IAS 17. 

In the 2019 annual report, the company estimated that, for the year ending 26 July 2020, EBITDA would increase by  
£58m and operating profit by £8m. Finance costs are expected to increase by £22m, resulting in a decrease in profit before tax 
of £14m. These estimates are based on the leaseholds held at year end and will be affected by the company purchasing the 
freehold interest in its leasehold sites. 

Tax impact on changes to the income statement 
The IFRS 16 depreciation and interest expense will be deducted when calculating current tax. It is estimated, in the current 
financial year, that current tax will be reduced by £2m. The reduction in tax payments in the early years of a lease will be offset 
by higher tax payments in its later years. 

The company expects a small increase in the effective tax rate. This is due to disallowable expenses, which will remain 
unchanged, being a larger proportion of reduced profits. 

Cash flow statement 
On the application of IFRS 16, there will be no impact on cash flows, except in relation to tax payments. The presentation of 
cash flows will change. Cash flows from operating activities will increase, yet will be offset exactly by an increase in interest and 
lease principal payments. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

28.  Leases (continued) 

The table below shows the transition adjustments applied to the opening balance sheet for the year ending 26 July 2020. 

Other 

Other non-current assets 

Right-of-use assets 

Lease assets 

Total non-current assets 

Other current assets 

Lease assets 

Receivables 

Total assets 

Other current liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

July 2019 
£000 

1,422,235 

IFRS 16 
£000 

Restated 
£000 

– 

1,422,235 

7,888 

(7,888) 

– 

– 

– 

617,837 

617,837 

11,853 

11,853 

1,430,123 

621,802 

2,051,925 

69,813 

– 

– 

1,583 

21,903 

(5,693) 

69,813 

1,583 

16,210 

1,521,839 

617,692 

2,139,531 

(326,671) 

748 

(325,923) 

– 

(61,252) 

(61,252) 

(326,671) 

(60,504) 

(387,175) 

(865,492) 

– 

(865,492) 

– 

(570,052) 

(570,052) 

(1,934) 

1,934 

(10,930) 

10,930 

– 

– 

(1,205,027) 

(617,692) 

(1,822,719) 

316,812 

316,812 

– 

– 

316,812 

316,812 

Reconciliation to lease commitments 
The table below shows a reconciliation between the operating lease commitments (as disclosed in the 2019 annual report 
in note 25) and the lease liability and assets to be recognised under IFRS 16. 

Lease commitments, payable 

Discounting lease liability 

Lease liability recognised 

Lease commitments, receivable 

Leases not capitalised 

Discounting lease asset 

Lease asset recognised  

2019 
£000 

836,318 

(205,014) 

631,304 

2019 
£000 

22,857 

(6,427) 

(2,994) 

13,436 

50 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

29.  Leases (continued) 

Recognition of right-of-use assets  
The table below shows how the value of the right-of-use assets was calculated on migration. 

26 July 

2020 

£000 

(13,436) 

631,304 

7,888 

5,693 

(199) 

(549) 

(10,930) 

(1,934) 

617,837 

Recognition of leases 

Lease assets (note 25) 

Lease liabilities (note 25) 

Non-current assets 

Other non-current assets (note 15) 

Current assets 

Rent prepayments (note 17) 

Current liabilities 

Rent payables (note 20) 

Onerous lease creditor less than one year (note 22) 

Non-current liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities (note 24) 

Onerous lease creditor more than one year (note 22) 

Right-of-use assets 

Determining the right-of-use assets 

Lease liabilities and assets were calculated by discounting future unavoidable rental payments and rents receivable  
for any of those sites which had been sublet. To the value of the lease liabilities and assets were added all balance  
sheet items held in relation to these leases. These included lease premiums paid, disclosed as other non-current  
assets, prepaid and accrued rental charges, the onerous lease provision and lease incentives, disclosed as other  
non-current liabilities.  

Lease terminology 

Before the introduction of IFRS 16, leases in a lessee’s accounts were defined as finance leases and operating leases.  
Finance leases are disclosed as asset-financing obligations and former operating leases as lease assets and liabilities. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

26.  Capital commitments 

At 26 July 2020, the company had £7.1m (2019: £37.9m) of capital commitments, relating to the purchase of eight (2019: 16) 
sites, for which no provision had been made in respect of property, plant and equipment. 

The company had some other sites in the property pipeline; however, any legal commitment is contingent on planning  
and licensing. Therefore, there are no commitments at the balance sheet date. 

27.  Related-party disclosures 

During the year, no transactions have been entered into with related parties. 

The company has a written agreement with Tim Martin which covers the provision in listing rule 6.5.4 on  
controlling shareholdings. 

J D Wetherspoon is the owner of the share capital of the following companies: 

Company name  
J D Wetherspoon (Scot) Limited  

   Country of incorporation  
   Scotland  

Ownership 
   Wholly owned 

J D Wetherspoon Property Holdings Limited  
Moon and Spoon Limited  
Moon and Stars Limited  

Moon on the Hill Limited  

Moorsom & Co Limited  
Sylvan Moon Limited  
Checkline House (Head Lease) Limited 

   England  
   England  
   England  

   England  

   England  
   England  
   Wales 

   Wholly owned 
   Wholly owned 
   Wholly owned 

   Wholly owned 

   Wholly owned 
   Wholly owned 
   Wholly owned 

Status 
Dormant 

Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 

Dormant 

Dormant 
Dormant 
Dormant 

All of these companies are dormant and contain no assets or liabilities and are, therefore, immaterial. As a result, consolidated 
accounts have not been produced. The company has an overseas branch located in the Republic of Ireland. 

The registered office of all of the above companies is the same as that of J D Wetherspoon plc, as disclosed on the final page  
of these accounts.  

As required by IAS 24, the following information is disclosed about key management compensation. 

Key management compensation 

Short-term employee benefits  

Post-employment pension benefits  

Share-based payment 

2020 
£000 

2,310 

263 

285 

2,858 

2019 
£000 

2,796 

263 

848 

3,907 

Key management comprises the executive directors, non-executive directors and management board, as detailed on page 74. 

For additional information about directors’ emoluments, please refer to the directors’ remuneration report on pages 78–87. 

Directors’ interests in employee share plans 
Details of the shares held by executive members of the board of directors’ are included in the remuneration report  
on pages 78–87 which forms part of these financial statements. 

52 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

28.  Share capital 

At 29 July 2018  

Repurchase of shares  

At 28 July 2019  

Repurchase of shares  

Issue of shares 

At 26 July 2020 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Number of 
shares 
000s 

105,501 

(403) 

105,098 

(420) 

15,702 

Share 
capital 
£000 

2,110 

(8) 

2,102 

(8) 

314 

120,380 

2,408 

The total authorised number of 2p ordinary shares is 500,000,000 (2019: 500,000,000). All issued shares are fully paid.  

During the year, 419,741 shares were repurchased by the company for cancellation, representing approximately 0.40%  
of the issued share capital, at a cost of £6.5m, including stamp duty, representing an average cost per share of 1,523p.  

On 29 April 2020, 15,701,760 shares were issued by the company, representing approximately 15.00% of the issued share 
capital, at a value of £138.0m, after fees, representing an average cost per share of 900p.  

While the memorandum and articles of association allow for preferred, deferred or special rights to attach to ordinary shares,  
no shares carried such rights at the balance sheet date. 

29.  Events after the balance sheet date 

On 4 August 2020, the company announced a restructure of its head office, with expected redundancies of approximately  
108 people, at cost of around £5m. 

On 7 August 2020, the company agreed on a three-year secured loan, under the coronavirus large business interruption loan 
scheme, for £48,333,332.  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 2 

In addition, the directors have noted the range of 
possible additional liquidity options available to the 
Company, should they be required.  

Material uncertainty, which may cast significant doubt 
over the Company’s ability to trade as a going concern, 
has resulted from the impact of the Covid-19 virus on 
the economy and the hospitality industry. It is not clear 
when the current operating restrictions, such as social 
distancing measures and reduced pub opening times, 
will return to ‘normal’ preCovid levels. 

The Company has agreed with its lenders to replace 
existing financial covenant tests with a minimum 
liquidity covenant for the period up to and including July 
2021. There is material uncertainty beyond this date as 
to whether financial covenant tests will be satisfied or 
whether further waivers will be agreed on by lenders. 
The Company will remain in regular dialogue with its 
lenders throughout the period. 

As a result, the directors have satisfied themselves  
that the Company will continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the 
Company continues to adopt the going-concern basis 
in preparing its financial statements. 

Important judgements  
The key judgements made in preparing the financial 
statements are detailed below. 

Hedging 
The Company adopts hedge accounting, meaning that 
the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of 
the derivatives is dealt with in comprehensive income. 
Any gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion would 
be recognised immediately in the income statement.  

The Company makes assumptions on the requirements 
for future borrowings, as well as future interest rates, 
when assessing the effectiveness of interest-rate 
swaps. Changes in the forecast amount of highly 
probable future borrowings or interest rates may result 
in all or part of the gain or loss, which was originally 
reported in comprehensive income, being transferred to 
the income statement. 

Accounting standards require interest-rate swaps, 
purchased at market interest rates, to be recognised at 
a zero fair value. At acquisition, swaps will have a 
market value which represents the margin charged by 
the issuing counterparty. This margin is amortised over 
the term of the interest-rate swap.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with IFRSs 
The financial statements of J D Wetherspoon plc  
(the ‘Company’) for the year ended 26 July 2020 
were authorised for issue by the board of directors on  
15 October 2020, and the balance sheet was signed  
on the board’s behalf by John Hutson and Ben Whitley. 

J D Wetherspoon plc is a public limited company, 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.  
The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the  
London Stock Exchange.  

The Company’s financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the European Union-
endorsed IFRSs and IFRSIC (IFRS Interpretations 
Committee) interpretations as adopted by the 
European Union and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS. The principal 
accounting policies adopted by the Company are  
set out on pages 54–61. 

Basis of preparation 
The financial statements of the Company have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by  
the European Union, IFRSIC interpretations and  
the Companies Act 2006, applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have 
been prepared on the going-concern basis, using the 
historical cost convention, except for the revaluation  
of financial instruments. 

The accounting policies which follow set out those 
policies which apply in preparing the financial 
statements for the year ended 26 July 2020.  
These policies have been consistently applied to  
all of the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

Going concern 
The directors have made enquiries into the adequacy 
of the Company’s financial resources, through a review 
of the Company’s budget and medium-term financial 
plan, including capital expenditure plans and  
cash flow forecasts. 

The Company has modelled a range of scenarios, with 
the base forecast being one in which, over the next 12 
months, sales recover gradually to preCovid levels. In 
addition, the directors have considered several 
‘downside’ scenarios, including adjustments to the 
base forecast, a period of significantly lower like-for-like 
sales, regional pub closures for a prolonged time 
period and the possibility of another national temporary 
closure (‘lockdown’) of all of its pubs. 

The directors are satisfied that the Company has 
sufficient liquidity to withstand adjustments to the base 
forecast, as well as the downside scenarios. The length 
of the liquidity period, in relation to each outcome, 
depends on those actions which the Company chooses 
to take (eg the extent to which cash expenditure is 
reduced) and also on the level of government financial 
support (eg reduced business rates) which the 
Company might receive.  

54 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Exceptional items 
A degree of judgement is required in determining 
whether certain transactions merit separate 
presentation to allow shareholders to better understand 
financial performance in the year, when compared with 
that of previous years and trends.  

In the period, the Company recognised costs related  
to the Covid-19 closure as exceptional. The Company 
treated as exceptional those costs which were incurred 
directly as a result of the pubs’ closure and reopening.  

Important estimates  
The areas where the Company has made significant 
estimates are listed below. 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment  
The Company will impair the value of a pub, if it is 
believed that it will generate future cash flows lower 
than its current book value. Future cash flows will be 
the greater of those generated by continued trading or 
the sale of the pub’s assets. Cash flows in future 
periods are reduced by applying a pre-tax discount rate 
for future years of 8%. Pubs with right-of-use assets 
will use a weighted average discount rate of between 
8% and the Company’s incremental borrowing rate 
appropriate for the length of the lease. The 8%  
and incremental borrowing rate will be assigned a 
weighting, based on the book value of the  
pub’s property, plant and equipment and its  
right-of-use assets. 

Management make several estimates when assessing 
the recoverable value of each pub, in terms of future 
sales growth, costs, operating efficiency and standards, 
management and staffing performance, as well as 
general economic factors and government 
interventions in relation to Covid-19 management. In all 
of these areas different estimates could be made. A 
reduction of 25% in next year’s future cash flows in 
relation to those pubs which have indicators of 
impairment and are thus included in managements 
impairment review process, would increase the 
impairment charge by £2.7m. An increase of 1% in the 
discount rate on the same pubs would increase the 
impairment charge by £10m. However, both of these 
amounts are theoretical – and the Company would 
respond to an event which caused a reduction in future 
cash flows. In addition, an increase in discount rates 
would normally imply an increase in expected future 
inflation. To the extent that the increased discount rate 
would be offset by inflation, the increase impairment 
loss would be mitigated. 

If a previously recognised impairment charge is 
reversed, the value of the pub will be increased  
to the lower of the book value as if the asset had not 
been impaired and the future cash flows which the  
pub would generate. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Segmental reporting 
The Company operates predominantly one type of 
business (pubs) in the United Kingdom and the 
Republic of Ireland. Given the size of the  
Company’s hotel business and trading presence in the 
Republic of Ireland, these have not been separately 
disclosed as a business segment. 

Exceptional items 
The Company presents, on the face of the income 
statement, those items of income and expense which, 
because of the nature and magnitude of the event 
giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow 
shareholders to better understand the elements of 
financial performance in the year. This helps to 
facilitate comparison with previous years and to better 
assess trends in financial performance. Impairment 
charges and reversals of fixed assets are reported as 
exceptional, regardless of magnitude, to provide 
consistency of treatment with previous  
years and a better understanding for the financial 
statements’ users. 

Property gains and losses 
The Company defines property gains and losses as 
those items of income and expenditure which are the 
result of owning and leasing assets which are non-
recurring in nature. These include the impairment of 
fixed assets, along with the proceeds and costs from 
the disposal of assets. These items are presented on 
the face of the income statement to more clearly  
show the Company’s underlying performance. The  
Company does not consider these costs to be 
operating in nature. 

Fixed assets 
Fixed assets include property, plant and equipment, 
intangible assets and investment property. They are all 
stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any 
impairment in value. 

Cost of assets includes acquisition costs, as well as 
other directly attributable costs in bringing the asset 
into use.  

Depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis  
over the estimated useful life of the asset as follows: 
 Freehold land is not depreciated 
 Freehold and long-leasehold buildings are 
depreciated to their estimated residual values  
over 50 years 
 Short-leasehold buildings are depreciated  
over the lease period 
 Equipment, fixtures and fittings are depreciated  
over 3 to 10 years 
 Computer software, including related development 
and implementation costs, is depreciated over  
3 to 10 years 
 Assets are not depreciated, until such time as they  
are ready for use 

Residual values and useful economic lives are 
reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each balance 
sheet date. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Profits and losses on disposal of fixed assets reflect  
the difference between the net selling price and the 
carrying amount at the date of disposal and are 
recognised in the income statement.  

The carrying value of fixed assets is reviewed annually 
for impairment, with any impairment losses recognised 
in the income statement. 

Assets held for sale 
Where the value of an asset will be recovered through 
a sale transaction, rather than continuing use, the asset 
is classified as held for sale. Assets held for sale are 
valued at the lower of book value and fair value, less 
any costs of disposal, and are no longer depreciated. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Cost is calculated on a weighted 
average basis, with net realisable value being the 
estimated selling price, less any costs of disposal. 
Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or 
damaged inventory, where appropriate.  

Bar and food inventory is recognised as an expense 
when sold. Non-consumable inventory is recognised as 
an expense immediately on receipt at a pub or hotel.  

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Company has  
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event and it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation and  
a reliable estimate can be made of that  
obligation’s amount.  

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is recognised when bar and food products  
are served to customers, after deducting discounts and 
sales-based taxes.  

Slot machine sales are recognised at the net proceeds 
taken from the machines, after deducting gaming duty. 

Revenue from hotel rooms is recognised when  
rooms are occupied and services are provided,  
after deduction of discounts and sales-based taxes. 

The Company operates a gift card scheme – revenue 
from these cards is deferred until the card is redeemed 
in pubs. Except for hotel revenue, which is generally 
received in advance of occupation, all other payments 
for goods and services are received at the point of sale. 

There are no significant judgements or estimations 
made in calculating and recognising revenue.  
Revenue is not materially accrued or deferred between 
one accounting period and the next. 

Like-for-like sales 
Like-for-like sales growth is calculated by taking the 
revenue, as per the accounting policy, for all pubs 
which have traded for more than 12 months and 
comparing their revenue with the corresponding  
revenue of the previous year.  

Government grants 
Monetary and non-monetary resources transferred to 
the Company by government, government agencies or 
similar bodies are recognised at fair value, when the 
Company is certain that the grant will be received. 
Grants will be recognised net in the profit and loss 
account, on a systematic basis, over the same period 
during which the expenses, for which the grant was 
intended to compensate, are recognised. 

Grants are disclosed in the notes to the accounts. 

Leases 

Lessee accounting 
On completion of a contract (the point at which a 
contract becomes legally binding), the Company 
assesses whether the contract is or contains a lease.  
A lease is present where the contract conveys, over a 
period of time, the right to control the use of an 
identified asset in exchange for a consideration. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present 
value of unavoidable lease payments discounted at the 
Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Where a lease 
is identified, the Company recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability. The  
lease assets are presented as a separate line in  
the balance sheet. 

Lessor accounting 
Leases, where the lessor retains substantially all of the 
asset’s risks and benefits of ownership, are classified 
as operating leases. If the operating lease is subject to 
fixed uplifts over the term of the lease, rental payments 
are charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis, over the period of the lease, in line with adopted 
accounting standards. If the operating lease is subject 
to open-market rents, rental payments are charged at 
the prevailing rates. 

Leases where the lessor transfers substantially all of 
the asset’s risks and benefits of ownership are 
classified as lease assets. This occurs when the 
Company sublets a leasehold site. The lease asset is 
initially measured at the present value of lease 
receipts, discounted at the Company’s incremental 
borrowing rate. The lease assets are presented as a 
separate line in the balance sheet. 

Remeasurement 
When the Company agrees to a term extension or a 
change to the minimum payments made under a lease, 
the lease liability or asset will be remeasured on that 
date; the resulting increase or decrease to the asset or 
liability will be accounted for with an offsetting 
adjustment to the right-of-use asset. Any 
remeasurement adjustment which reduces the right-of-
use asset below zero will be credited to the profit and 
loss account.  

56 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Right-of-use asset  
The right-of-use asset comprises the initial 
measurement of the corresponding lease liability, any 
initial direct costs and the cost of any obligation to 
restore the site at the end of the lease. They are 
subsequently measured at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. Right-of-use 
assets are depreciated over the term of the lease.  

Termination of leases 
Where the Company agrees with the landlord to end a 
lease early or purchases the freehold of a leasehold 
site, the value of the lease liability and the right-of-use 
asset will be charged to the profit and loss account as  
a property gain or loss.  

Borrowing costs 
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense  
in the period in which they are incurred, unless  
the requirements by the adopted accounting standards 
for the capitalisation of borrowing costs relating  
to assets are met. For the purpose of cash flow 
reporting, interest paid and received is considered  
to be operating cash flows. 

Income taxes 
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the 
taxation authorities, based on tax rates and laws which 
are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.  

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary 
differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial 
statements, with the following exceptions: 

 Where the temporary difference arises from an  
asset or liability in a transaction which, at the time of 
the transaction, affects neither accounting nor  
taxable profit or loss 

 Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to 
the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the deductible temporary 
differences, carried-forward tax credits or tax losses 
can be utilised 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the tax rates which are expected to apply 
when the related asset is realised or liability settled, 
based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.  

Income tax is charged or credited directly to the  
income statement, comprehensive income or equity. 
The income tax charged or credited will follow the 
accounting treatment of the underlying item which has 
given rise to the income tax charged or credited. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Free cash flow 
The calculation of free cash flow is based on the  
net cash generated by business activities after  
funding interest, corporation tax, lease principal 
payments, loan issue costs, all reinvestment in 
information technology, head office and pubs trading at 
the start of the period (excluding extensions) and the 
purchase of own shares under the employee share 
incentive plan. 

Financial instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the 
date on which the Company becomes party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument giving rise to 
the asset or liability. 

Financial assets held at amortised cost 
Financial assets held at amortised cost are non-
derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable 
payments which are not quoted in an active market. 
They are included in current assets, except for 
maturities greater than 12 months after the balance 
sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets. 

Other receivables 
Other receivables are recognised initially at transaction 
value and carried at amortised cost less any expected 
credit losses. The Company has a small number of 
receivables at any one time; these are generally with 
companies with which the Company has an established 
trading relationship.  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet 
comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term 
deposits. For the purpose of the cash flow statement, 
cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and  
short-term deposits as defined above. Bank overdrafts 
are shown within current financial liabilities on the 
balance sheet. 

Credit risk 
Credit risk losses arise when debtors fail to pay their 
obligation to the Company. The Company assesses 
credit risk, based on historic experience. The Company 
has no significant history of non-payment; as a result, 
the expected credit losses on financial assets  
are not material. 

Financial liabilities  
The Company classifies its financial liabilities as other 
financial liabilities. These are measured at fair value on 
initial recognition and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost, using the effective-interest method. 

Trade and other payables 
These are recognised initially at fair value  
and subsequently at amortised cost, using the 
effective-interest method. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Bank loans and borrowings 
Interest-bearing bank loans and other borrowings are 
recorded initially at fair value of consideration received, 
net of direct issue costs. Borrowings are subsequently 
recorded at amortised cost, with any difference 
between the amount recorded initially and the 
redemption value recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the bank loans, using the effective-
interest method. 

Bank loans and loan notes are classified as current 
liabilities, unless the Company has an unconditional 
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least  
12 months after the balance sheet date. 

Derivative financial instruments  
and hedging activities 
Derivative financial instruments used by the  
Company are stated at fair value on initial recognition 
and at subsequent balance sheet dates. 

Hedge accounting is used only where, at the inception 
of the hedge, there is formal designation and 
documentation of the hedging relationship, there is an 
economic relationship between the item being hedged 
and the hedging derivative and credit risk does not 
dominate the economic relationship. 

Interest-rate swaps 
Interest-rate swaps are classified as hedges  
where they hedge exposure to cash flow variability  
in interest rates. 

For interest-rate swaps, the effective portion of the gain 
or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised directly 
in comprehensive income, while the ineffective portion 
is recognised in the income statement within ‘fair value 
gain/loss on financial derivatives’. 

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental 
costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds.  

When the Company repurchases its own shares,  
the cost of the shares purchased and associated 
transaction costs are taken directly to equity and 
deducted from retained earnings. The nominal value of 
shares purchased is transferred from share capital to 
the capital redemption reserve. 

Foreign currencies 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies  
are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing  
at the date of transaction. Monetary assets and 
liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates, 
with the resulting exchange differences taken to the 
income statement. 

The Irish branch’s results are translated at the average 
exchange rate for the reporting period; the balance 
sheet is translated at the year-end exchange rate. 
Resulting exchange differences are recognised in 
comprehensive income. 

Revaluation gains and losses on the long-term 
financing of the Irish branch are recognised in 
comprehensive income. 

Retirement benefits 
Contributions to personal pension schemes are 
recognised in the income statement in the period in 
which they fall due. All contributions are in respect of  
a defined contribution scheme. The Company has  
no future payment obligations, once the contributions 
have been paid. 

Owners’ earnings 
Owners’ earnings measures the earnings attributable  
to shareholders from current activities, adjusted for 
significant non-cash and one-off items. They are 
calculated as pre-IFRS 16 profit before tax, exceptional 
items, depreciation and amortisation and property 
gains and losses less reinvestment in current  
properties and cash tax. Cash tax is defined as the 
current year’s current tax charge. 

Dividends 
Dividends recommended by the board, but unpaid at 
each period end, are not recognised in the financial 
statements until they are paid (in the case of the interim 
dividend) or approved by shareholders at the annual 
general meeting (in the case of the final dividend). 

Changes in net debt 
These are both the cash and non-cash movements  
of the year, including movements in asset-financing , 
borrowings, cash and cash equivalents. 

58 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Share-based charges 
The Company has an employee share incentive plan 
which awards shares to qualifying employees; there is 
also a deferred bonus scheme which awards shares to 
directors and senior managers, subject to specific 
performance criteria. 

The cost of the awards in respect of these plans is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at 
which they are granted and is amortised as an expense 
over the vesting period. In assessing the initial fair 
value, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, 
other than market conditions linked to the price of the 
shares of the Company.  

The Company currently has no other share-based 
transactions. 

Shares purchased for share-based payment awards 
are held in equity at historic cost, until the awards vest, 
when they are transferred to employees. 

Changes in standards 
At the date of authorisation of these financial 
statements, certain new standards and amendments to 
existing standards have been published which are not 
yet effective and have not been adopted early by the 
Company. Information on those expected to be 
relevant to the financial statements is provided below: 
 Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting 
 Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3) 
 Definition of Material  
(Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)  
 IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts 

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7  
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform 
The Company has several interest-rate swaps which 
swap floating interest rates paid for a fixed interest rate. 
The floating interest rates are based on an index called 
the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR). Reforms are 
currently under way which plan to replace sterling 
LIBOR with an index called Sterling Overnight Indexed 
Average (SONIA).  

Under existing accounting rules, this change of 
reference index in the Company interest-rate swap 
contract could result in the discontinuation of hedge 
accounting. The Company has elected to early adopt 
the Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Interest 
Rate Benchmark Reform issued in September 2019 
and mandatory for accounting periods starting after  
1 January 2020. The amendments have been  
adopted retrospectively to hedging relationships which 
existed at the start of the reporting period or were 
designated thereafter. 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The amendments provide temporary relief from 
applying specific hedge accounting requirements to 
hedging relationships directly affected by Interbank 
Offer Rate (IBOR) reform. Therefore, IBOR reform 
should not generally cause hedge accounting to 
terminate; however, hedges will still be measured for 
effectiveness, with any ineffectiveness being charged 
in the profit and loss account. 

The Company has £770m of LIBOR interest-rate 
swaps which are in place until 29 March 2029. 

For the purpose of assessing whether a hedge is 
expected to be highly effective on a forward-looking 
basis, it is assumed that the GBP LIBOR interest rate 
on which the cash flows of the interest-rate swap 
(which hedges fixed-rate debt) are based is not altered 
by IBOR reform. 

The Company is working with its banking partners on  
the implementation of this change. 

The new standards, amendments to standards  
or interpretations are mandatory for the 
first time for the financial year beginning 
29 July 2019 and will have a minimal impact on 
the financial statements: 
 Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation 
(Amendments to IFRS 9) 
 Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures 
(Amendments to IAS 28) 
 IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 
 Annual Improvements to IFRS 2015–2017 Cycle 
(Amendments to IAS 12, IAS 23, IFRS 3 and IFRS 11) 
 Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement 
(Amendments to IAS 19) 

IFRS 16 Leases 
This standard replaces IAS 17 Leases and is effective 
for accounting periods beginning on or after  
1 January 2019. The standard was adopted by the 
Company on 29 July 2019. 

When the new standard became effective, the 
Company recognised, on the balance sheet, a right-of-
use asset and a lease liability for future lease payments 
in respect of all leases, excluding those with terms less 
than 12 months and those for low-value assets. 

Lessor accounting remains similar to the current 
standard. The lessor continues to classify leases as 
finance or operating leases, depending on whether the 
risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred 
to the lessee. Some of the Company’s sublet properties 
have been classified as finance leases under the new 
standard, as the risks and rewards of ownership of the 
IFRS 16 right-of-use asset have been transferred to the 
lessee, whereas, under IAS 17, there was no asset 
recognised in the accounts; as a result, the leases 
were treated as operating leases. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Transition 
On 29 July 2019, the Company adopted the standard 
using the modified retrospective approach. The new 
standard allows, on a lease-by-lease basis, for the 
value of the right-of-use assets to be determined as if 
the lease had started on the date of transition or the 
start date of the lease. This choice does not affect the 
recognised lease liability, but does affect the value of 
the asset. Valuing on the day of transition results in a 
right-of-use asset of broadly the same value as the 
lease liability. Valuing at the start date of the lease 
results in a lower asset value at transition, reflecting the 
amortisation which would have been charged on the 
asset between the start of the lease and the date of 
transition. The reduction in the asset value would be 
offset by a reduction in distributable reserves on the 
balance sheet. The Company has chosen to value all 
leases on the date of transition. 

The Company has elected to use the following practical 
exemptions in transitioning to IFRS 16: 
 The application of a single discount rate to a portfolio 
of leases with reasonably similar characteristics  
 The use of existing onerous lease provisions, 
rather than performing an impairment review on right-
of-use assets 
 The use of hindsight in determining the lease term 

Balance sheet 
On 29 July 2019, the Company recognised a right-of-
use asset of £618m, a lease liability of £631m and a 
finance lease asset of £14m, relating to sublet sites. 
The right-of-use assets comprise the net lease liability 
of £617m, rent prepayments of £14m, operating  
lease incentives of £11m and onerous leases of £2m. 
There was no adjustment to retained earnings. 

As at 26 July 2020, see note 25, the Company had 
contractual operating lease commitments payable of 
£836m and contractual operating lease commitments 
receivable of £23m. A reconciliation to the transition 
value is provided below. 

The table below shows the transition  
adjustments applied to the opening balance sheet 
for the year ending 28 July 2019. 

Other 
Other non-current assets 
Right-of-use assets 
Lease assets 
Total non-current assets 
Other current assets 
Lease assets 
Receivables 
Total assets 
Other current liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
Total current liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Equity 

July 2019 
£m 
1,422 
8 
– 
– 
1,430 
70 
– 
22 
1,522 
(326) 
– 
(326) 
(866) 
– 
(2) 
(11) 
(1,205) 
317 
317 

IFRS 16  Restated 
£m 
1,422 
– 
618 
12 
2,052 
70 
2 
16 
2,140 
(326) 
(61) 
(387) 
(866) 
(570) 
– 
– 
(1,823) 
317 
317 

£m 
– 
(8) 
618 
12 
622 
– 
2 
(6) 
618 
– 
(61) 
(61) 
– 
(570) 
2 
11 
(618) 
– 
– 

The incremental borrowing rate applied to lease 
liabilities was 2.7–3.9%, depending on the length of  
the lease. 

Income statement 
The total profit and loss charge over the life of a lease 
will remain unchanged under IFRS 16, but the new 
standard will change the pattern of how the expense is 
recognised in the income statement, over time, with 
more costs recognised in the early years of a lease and 
fewer in its later years. The expense will be recognised 
as a depreciation and interest charge, replacing the 
operating expenses under IAS 17. 

For the year ended 26 July 2020, EBITDA has 
increased by £58.5m and operating profit by £9.8m. 
Finance costs increased by £21.5m, resulting  
in a decrease in loss before tax of £10.6m.  

60 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Tax impact on changes to the income statement 
The IFRS 16 depreciation and interest expense will be 
deducted when calculating current tax. In the financial 
year, the current tax charge, excluding exceptional 
items, was reduced by £2m. The reduction in tax 
payments in the early years of a lease will be offset by 
higher tax payments in its later years. 

The Company expects a small increase in the effective 
tax rate. This is due to the disallowable expenses, 
which will remain unchanged, being a larger proportion 
of reduced profits. 

Cash flow statement 
There will be no impact on cash flows on the 
application of IFRS 16, except in relation to tax 
payments. The presentation of cash flows will change. 
Cash flows from operating activities will increase, 
yet will be exactly offset by an increase in interest and 
lease principal payments. 

Reconciliation to lease commitments 
The table below shows a reconciliation between the 
operating lease commitments, as disclosed in note 25 
of the 2019 financial statements, and the lease liability 
and assets to be recognised under IFRS 16. 

Lease commitments payable 
Discounting lease liability 

Lease liability recognised 

Lease commitments receivable 
Leases not capitalised 
Discounting lease asset 

Lease asset recognised  

2019 
£000 

  836,318 
  (205,014) 
  631,304 

2019 
£000 

22,857 
(6,427) 
(2,994) 

13,436 

Amendment to IFRS 16 Covid-19-Related  
Rent Concessions 
This amendment has been adopted by the Company 
and its impact disclosed in note 25. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT 

Strategy 
The Company’s strategy is to seek a return on capital 
in excess of the cost of the capital which will provide 
funds for developments, dividends and reinvestment. 

Employees receive training in this area, along with an 
energy guide which provides employees, among other 
things, with information about when equipment should 
be turned off or on. 

Business model 
The Company operates pubs in the UK and Ireland and 
aims to sell high-quality products, at reasonable prices, 
in well-maintained premises. 

Business review and future trends 
A review of the Company’s business and the  
key measures of its performance, sometimes called 
key performance indicators (KPIs), can be found in the 
chairman’s statement under the financial performance 
section. The chairman’s statement also discusses 
those trends and factors likely to affect the future 
development, performance and position of the 
Company. The Company’s financial and non-financial 
KPIs are listed in the financial highlights section of  
this report. 

Social matters 
Wetherspoon provides jobs for over 40,000 people, 
paying a reasonable percentage of its profits as bonus 
for those working in our pubs and head office, training 
large numbers of staff and paying a significant 
percentage of our sales as taxes to the government.  

Further information about these policies are published 
on: jdwetherspoon.com  

Environment  
The Company has several initiatives which reduce its 
environmental impact, some examples of these being:  
 Plastic straws removed and replaced with  
100% biodegradable and 100% recyclable paper 
straws and wrappers 
 Complimentary water fountains available in all pubs, 
as part of the nationwide Refill scheme; alternatives  
to the current single-use plastic bottles are  
being reviewed 
 Most hot drinks sold in the pubs are consumed on 
the premises, including unlimited complimentary refills, 
all served in mugs 
 During the financial year, 7.3 tonnes of food waste 
was recycled (2019: 11.6 tonnes) 
 Used cooking oil is converted to biodiesel 
for agricultural use 

Energy consumption 
The Company sets annual targets to reduce electricity, 
gas and water consumption through a combination of 
operational initiatives and the introduction of energy-
efficient technology. Reduced consumption will reduce 
our annual CO2 emissions. 

The Company has an Energy Steering Group, chaired 
by a board director. Each pub has an energy 
champion, responsible for reducing consumption  
at his or her pub and communicating top tips and 
initiatives to staff. 

Each pub receives a monthly report, detailing the 
amount of electricity and gas consumed, including tips 
on how this can be reduced. 

In the year ended 31 March 2020, the Company 
achieved a consumption saving of 5.2%.  

Several pieces of energy-saving technology are  
now installed as standard in any new pub and  
have been retro-fitted in many pubs across the estate. 
These include: 
 Cheetah extraction management systems 
 Free-air cellar-cooling systems  
 Sensor lighting 
 LED lighting 
 Heat-recovery systems 

The Company trials new ideas and energy-saving 
technology to reduce consumption and CO2 emissions, 
such as: 
 Solar panels 
 Rainwater-harvesting systems 
 Ground-source-heat pumps 
 Adiabatic cooling systems 
 Wind turbines 
 Light tubes 
 Building energy management systems 
 Voltage optimisation 

The Company is a member of the Carbon Statement 
forum – a group which provides energy-saving 
technology and shares best practice with other 
companies in the hospitality sector. 

Human rights 
The Company is committed to respecting human rights 
within our business by complying with all relevant laws 
and regulations. We prohibit any form of discrimination, 
forced, trafficked or child labour and are committed to 
safe and healthy working conditions for all individuals, 
whether employed by the Company directly or by a 
supplier in our supply chain.  

Legal and ethical conduct  
The Company has comprehensive measures to meet 
its statutory requirements across all areas of its 
operation and also those expected by our customers 
and employees, as necessary, for the long-term 
success of the business. Risks in this area can occur 
from corruption, bribery and human rights abuses, 
including discrimination, harassment and bullying. 

The Company has training programmes for all 
employees. It also has a documented whistleblowing 
programme, documented processes and procedures 
and a supply chain audit programme. 

62 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

STRATEGIC REPORT   

Employees  
All employees are encouraged to participate  
in the business, some examples of how this is  
achieved being: 
 Several Company initiatives to encourage  
employees to suggest small and continuous 
improvements to the running of their pubs 
 ‘Tell Tim’ suggestion scheme for all employees  
 Pub managers, area managers and other pub 
employees attending and contributing to weekly 
operations meetings, hosted by the chairman or  
chief executive  
 Area managers invited to meet the  
board of directors (before each board meeting) 
 Regular liaison meetings held with employees,  
at all levels, to gain feedback on aspects of the 
business and ideas for improvement  
 Directors and senior management completing  
regular visits to pubs – and pub employees regularly 
visiting head office 
 Weekly e-mail from the chief executive  
to all employees 
 Employee-related measures being  
part of the pub bonus scheme 
 Head-office staff completing regular pub and kitchen 
shifts (both front of house and in the kitchen) to help  
in understanding any staff/customer issues 
 Pub employees involved in the decision-making 
process for key business issues 

Employee diversity 
The table below shows the breakdown of directors, 
senior managers and employees. 

Directors 
Senior managers 
All employees 

Male 
5 
731 
19,661 

Female 
2 
454 
21,837 

Section 172 statement 
All directors of the Company have acted in good faith  
in a manner most likely to achieve the long-term 
success of the business for its shareholders, 
employees, customers, suppliers and the wider 
community in which the Company operates. 

 Wherever practical, the directors consult widely 
among the Company’s employees, regarding decisions 
to be made about the Company. The directors believe 
that wide consultation and a management team with 
extensive industry experience are most likely to make 
the best long-term decisions. 
 Details of the Company’s employment policy  
are disclosed on page 93. Information on employee 
engagement can be found above.  
 Where possible, the Company forms long-term 
relationships with suppliers, so that the Company and 
its suppliers have a more certain environment in which 
to operate. The Company’s responsible retailing policy 
is published on its website. 
 The Company aims to provide customers with  
good-quality food and drinks, served by well-trained 
and friendly staff, at reasonable prices. 
 The Company communicates with its customers 
through its website and Wetherspoon News. 
 Most of the Company’s employees are also 
customers. The Company encourages its employees  
to feed back their views and the views of their friends 
and families.  
 Information on human rights, environmental and 
social matters, food safety, cyber security and 
reputational matters is provided in this strategic report, 
while further information is published on the  
Company’s website. 
  Information on relations with shareholders is 
provided in the corporate governance report. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT 

Principal risks and uncertainties  
facing the Company 
In the course of normal business, the Company 
continually assesses significant risks faced and takes 
action to mitigate their potential impact. 

The following risks, while not intended to be a 
comprehensive analysis, constitute (in the opinion of 
the board) the principal risks and uncertainties  
currently facing the Company. 

Strategic risks 

Economic outlook 
The Company aims to improve its customer offering 
continually, so that it remains competitively placed in 
the market in which it operates. Adverse economic 
conditions can theoretically have an effect on the 
Company’s performance, although, historically, these 
effects have been muted. 

Regulation of the sale of alcohol 
The pub business is highly regulated, with frequent 
increases in alcohol duty and other taxes – a feature  
of the industry for many decades.  

Succession-planning  
The Company is reliant on the knowledge and 
experience of its executive management team. The 
Company involves the broader senior management 
team in decision-making to provide it with  
sufficient exposure, so that, if the need to replace a 
member of the executive management team were to 
arise there are well-qualified internal candidates. 

Commercial risks 

Cost increases 
Inflationary pressures on the Company’s costs  
pose a risk to profits, although the Company has been 
able to achieve satisfactory arrangements with its 
suppliers, up until now, in both good and difficult 
economic conditions. 

Operational risks 

Widespread pub closures 
This is where an external event leads either  
directly or through government action to widespread 
pub closures, an example of this risk being the  
closures during 20 March–4 July 2020, owing to the 
coronavirus pandemic.  

The impact of such an event will depend on the nature 
of the event and the reaction to that event by the 
government and the public. The impact of the 
coronavirus pandemic on the 2019/20 accounts is 
disclosed on page 24. 

The primary concern of the Company will be the health 
and safety of its staff and customers, ensuring that the 
pubs are safe places to eat and drink. Mitigating 
actions taken by the Company will depend on the 
nature of the event, how much foresight the Company 
had of the event and the reaction of the government, 
business and the public. 

Recruitment and retention 
Ensuring that our pubs are sufficiently staffed is crucial 
to their successful operation.  

To attract and retain employees, the Company offers 
bonuses, free shares, long-service awards, paid 
training, staff discounts and a genuine opportunity to 
progress within the business. 

Health and safety 
The Company endeavours to ensure that  
all reasonable standards of health and safety are met, 
by trying to identify risks and taking action to  
avert problems.  

Supply chain risks 
It is fundamental to our operations that we should 
be able to supply our pubs with the required goods  
and services. 

It is important that we understand our supply chain  
and have accurate information relating to provenance, 
ingredients and ethical practices. 

We work closely with our suppliers and central 
distribution partners, in order to maintain availability  
of products, at all times. 

The Company conducts audits of its supply chain  
– and standards are assessed in accordance with  
our Supplier Charter. 

Food safety  
Achieving and maintaining food hygiene standards  
are critical to any organisation which prepares  
food for public consumption. Ensuring the safety of our 
customers and employees is a priority for the 
Company. The Company takes food hygiene very 
seriously; extensive operational procedures have  
been implemented to embed best practice in our pubs. 
The Company monitors the results of food hygiene 
audits and provides its pubs with the necessary 
resources and support to ensure that standards are 
met at all times. 

There have been limitations on the Company’s  
food-hygiene-monitoring, owing to restrictions 
implemented to control the coronavirus pandemic.  
It is the Company’s intension to reintroduce all 
monitoring activities as soon as that can safely be 
done. While restrictions have been in place, the 
Company has maintained food-hygiene-monitoring,  
wherever possible. 

Head office and national distribution centre 
Any disasters at the Company’s head office  
(in Watford) or its national distribution centre  
(in Daventry) could seriously disrupt its daily 
operations. Various measures have been taken by  
the Company, including a comprehensive disaster-
recovery plan, seeking to minimise the impact of  
any such incidents. 

64 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

STRATEGIC REPORT   

Credit risk 
The Company does not have a significant 
concentration of credit risk, as the majority of its 
revenue is in cash. At the balance sheet date,  
the Company was exposed to a maximum  
credit risk of £1.0m, of which £1.0m was overdue. 

Cash deposits with financial institutions and derivative 
transactions are permitted with investment-grade 
financial institutions only. The Company receives a 
small amount of income from properties which it has 
sublet to third parties, but the sums involved from any 
one letting are immaterial.  

Liquidity risk 
The Company regularly monitors cash flow forecasts 
and endeavours to ensure that there are enough funds, 
including committed bank and asset-financing 
obligations, to meet its business requirements and 
comply with banking covenants. 

The risks in this area relate to miscalculating cash flow 
requirements, being unable to renew credit facilities or 
a substantial fall in sales and profits.  

Foreign currency 
Foreign exchange exposure is currently not significant 
to the Company. The Company monitors the growth 
and risks associated with its overseas operations  
and will undertake hedging activities as and when  
they are required.  

By order of the board 

Nigel Connor 
Company Secretary 
15 October 2020

Information technology 
The Company’s daily operations are increasingly reliant 
on its information technology systems. Any prolonged 
or significant failure of these systems could pose a risk 
to trading. The Company seeks to minimise this risk  
by ensuring that there are technologies, policies and 
procedures to ensure protection of hardware, software 
and information (by various means), including a 
disaster-recovery plan, a system of backups and 
external hardware and software.  

The Company recognises that cyber threats pose  
a significant risk to the hospitality industry. 
The Company continually assesses the risks posed by 
cyber threats and makes changes to its technologies, 
policies and procedures to mitigate identified risks. 

Reputational risk 
The Company is aware that, in operating in a  
consumer-facing business, its business reputation,  
built over many years, can be damaged in a 
significantly shorter timeframe. The Company, 
therefore, in its daily business, maintains substantial 
efforts in this area to improve operational controls. 

Financial risks 

Capital risk management 
The Company aims to maintain reasonable levels of 
capital and debt. Debt always involves risk,  
although the Company has always been able to fulfil  
its obligations under its loan agreements.  

Sales, profitability, debt requirements and 
cash flow are reviewed weekly by a team which 
includes the chairman, chief executive, finance director 
and senior finance managers (see note 23). 

Interest-rate risk 
The Company has dealt with the risks of an increase  
in interest rates by swapping the majority of its floating-
rate borrowings into fixed rates which expire in 2029 
(see note 23). 

During the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020, if the interest 
rates on UK-denominated borrowings had been 1% 
higher, with all other variables constant, pre-tax profit 
for the year would have been reduced by £258,000 and 
equity increased by £66,700,000. The movement in 
equity arises from a change in the ‘mark to market’ 
valuation of the interest-rate swaps into which the 
Company has entered, calculated by a 1% shift of the 
market yield curve. The Company considers that a  
1% movement in interest rates represents a reasonable 
sensitivity to potential changes. However, this analysis 
is for illustrative purposes only. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

Opinion 

Our opinion on the financial statements is 
unmodified 
We have audited the financial statements of J D 
Wetherspoon plc (the ‘Company’) for the period ended 
26 July 2020, which comprise the Income statement, 
the Statement of comprehensive income, the Cash flow 
statement, the Balance sheet, the Statement of 
changes in equity and notes to the financial 
statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in their preparation is applicable 
law and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. 

In our opinion, the financial statements: 
 give a true and fair view of the state of the 
company’s affairs as at 26 July 2020 and of its loss for 
the 52 week period then ended; 
 have been properly prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and 
 have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) 
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ 
section of our report. We are independent of the 
company in accordance with the ethical requirements 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as 
applied to public interest entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence 
we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. 

Material uncertainty related to going concern 
We draw attention to the going concern narrative on 
page 54 in the financial statements, which highlights 
the risks to the Company’s ability to continue to trade 
as a going concern due to the impact of the Covid-19 
virus on the economy and the hospitality industry and 
the ongoing uncertainty surrounding current operating 
restrictions, such as social distancing measures and 
reduced pub opening times. The Company has agreed 
replacement covenant tests up to and including 25 July 
2021 but beyond this date, there is material uncertainty 
as to whether financial covenant tests will be satisfied, 
or whether further waivers will be agreed by lenders. 

As stated on page 54, these events or conditions, 
along with the other matters as set out on page 54, 
indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast 
significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. Our audit opinion is not modified in 
respect of this matter.  

In responding to the risks relating to going concern and 
evaluating whether a material uncertainty exists, our 
procedures evaluated management’s assessment of 
the impact of Covid-19 on the company’s business 
model, working capital and covenant compliance by 
undertaking the following work: 
 obtained management’s base case forecast for a 
period of 15 months from the anticipated date of 
approval of the financial statements, together with 
supporting evidence for all key trading, working capital 
and cash flow assumptions; 
 obtained management’s three downside scenarios, 
which reflect management’s assessment of further 
uncertainties, and which management consider to be 
severe but plausible. We evaluated the assumptions 
regarding the forecast period of closure and reduced 
trading levels under each of these scenarios. We 
considered whether assumptions are consistent with 
our understanding of the business obtained during the 
course of the audit and the changing external 
circumstances arising from government Covid-19 
interventions; 
 robustly challenged the process that management 
has undertaken to conclude on the appropriateness of 
the going concern basis of preparation, including 
challenging and applying sensitivities to the key 
assumptions made by management in preparing the 
forecasts; 
 tested the robustness of forecasts prepared by 
comparison to forecasts made in prior periods, 
including assessing managements historic ability to 
forecast, and in light of our understanding of the 
Company’s operations;  
 obtained correspondence in relation to covenant 
waivers and amendments and confirmed that the terms 
and conditions therein were consistent with those 
applied by management in their base case and 
downside scenario forecasts, including the period over 
which the bank has confirmed that these waivers and 
amendments are in place;  
 considered the reasonableness of any further 
mitigating actions identified by management, which 
included an assessment of the feasibility and 
quantification of such mitigative measures available to 
management; and 
 reviewed the disclosures made within the financial 
statements for consistency with management’s 
assessment of going concern and in line with the 
accounting standards. 

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going 
concern and viability statement 
We draw attention to the Viability Statement in the 
Annual Report at page 76 which indicates that in 
making the viability statement the Board considered the 
material uncertainty related to going concern, as a 
result of the coronavirus pandemic, and the potential 
impact on the viability of the Company over the 
assessment period. 

66 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

Aside from the impact of the matter disclosed above 
and in the material uncertainty related to going concern 
section, we have nothing to report in respect of the 
following information in the annual report, in relation to 
which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you whether 
we have anything material to add or draw attention to: 
 the disclosures in the annual report set out on pages 
64, 65 and 91 that describe the principal risks, 
procedures to identify emerging risks and an 
explanation of how they are being managed or 
mitigated; 
 the directors’ confirmation, set out on pages 64, 65 
and 91 of the annual report that they have completed a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks 
facing the company, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity; 
 whether the directors’ statements relating to going 
concern and the prospects of the company required 
under the Listing Rules in accordance with Listing Rule 
9.8.6R(3) are materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit; or 
 the directors’ explanation, set out on page 76 of the 
annual report as to how they have assessed the 
prospects of the company, over what period they have 
done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the company will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to 
any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Overview of our audit approach 
 Overall materiality: £4,500,000, which represents 
4.7% of the company’s preliminary 3-year average 
profit / (loss) before taxation; 
 Key audit matters were identified as the impairment 
of property, plant and equipment and right of use 
assets, the impact of the new Financial Reporting 
Standard – IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, management override of 
controls – the presentation of exceptional items and 
matters giving rise to material uncertainty related to 
going concern; 
 We have performed full scope audit procedures on 
the financial statements of the Company. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgment, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial statements of the current period 
and include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. These matters included those that 
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

In addition to the matter described in the ‘Material 
uncertainty related to going concern’ section, we have 
determined the matters described below to be the key 
audit matters to be communicated in our report.

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

Key Audit Matters 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
and right of use assets 
Property, plant and equipment represents the 
largest balance on the balance sheet (26 July 
2020: £1.4bn). Further to this, there is the new 
‘Right of Use’ asset recognised following the 
adoption of IFRS 16 from the start of the year. 
At 26 July 2020 the carrying value was £514m. 

The Directors consider each individual pub to be 
a separate cash generating unit for impairment 
purposes and as explained in note 13 to the 
financial statements, the Directors are required 
to undertake an impairment assessment where 
events indicate that the carrying value of the 
cash generating unit may not be recoverable.  

The uncertainties inherent within the current 
economic environment caused by the 
Coronavirus pandemic, including the recent 
closure of all pubs in the UK and the 
government’s ongoing response to the virus, 
have been included within management’s 
consideration of qualitative and qualitative 
impairment indicators. 

The process for measuring and recognising 
impairment under IAS 36: ‘Impairment of 
Assets’ is complex and requires significant 
judgement, including assumptions on 
management’s assessment of the impact of the 
Coronavirus on the future trading activity for 
each pub, the determination of the appropriate 
discount rate to be applied to those cashflows, 
as well as the valuation of properties.  

We therefore identified the assessment of 
impairment of property, plant and equipment 
and right of use asset as a significant risk, which 
was one of the most significant assessed risks 
of material misstatement. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:  
 Assessing the design effectiveness of controls, including the 
methodology applied by management to identify indicators of 
impairment and when performing their impairment test for each of the 
relevant pubs; 
 Testing the arithmetical accuracy and integrity of management’s 
impairment model, by checking the internal consistency of the 
formulae; 
 Agreeing inputs to supporting documentation, including lease 
agreements and historic profit figures and the fixed asset register; 
 Challenging the model prepared by management for the 
assessment of the impairment of each pub, including assessment of 
the impact of Coronavirus on both short-term trading and the longer-
term growth rate; 
 Comparing management’s assumptions against external economic 
forecasts reflecting the uncertainties inherent within the current 
economic environment; 
 Obtaining corroborative evidence to support management’s 
judgements used for those pubs with indicators of impairment; 
 Using our valuation experts to assess the reasonableness of the 
discount rate applied to cash flows, which included benchmarking to 
comparator companies and other market information; 
 Performing sensitivity analysis on the various assumptions used in 
the model and the risks and uncertainties surrounding Coronavirus;  
 Testing whether any impairment charges have been appropriately 
reflected in the Company’s accounting records; 
 Considering the accounting policy for compliance with IAS 36 and 
that the application by the Company is consistent with the stated 
policy; and 
 Assessing whether disclosures in respect of the accounting policy 
and disclosures made in the financial statements relating to 
impairment are appropriate. 

The Company’s accounting policy on impairments is shown on page 
55 and related disclosures are included in respect of impairment in 
Note 13.  

The Audit Committee identified the provision for impairment of fixed 
assets as a significant financial reporting item in its report on page 91, 
where the Audit Committee also described the action that it has taken 
to address this issue. 

Key observations 
Management concluded that additional impairments were required 
having considered our audit findings in relation to the impairment of 
property, plant and equipment and related right of use assets. 
There are no further material misstatements identified from our audit 
work which have not been adjusted by management. 

68 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

Key Audit Matters 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:  
 Assessing the design effectiveness of controls for determining lease 
accounting under IFRS 16, including the identification of leases, 
reassessments and modifications, and reconciliations performed to 
ensure the data is appropriately captured; 
 Testing the arithmetical accuracy and integrity of the underlying 
data, by checking the consistency of the formulae and ageing inputs 
to supporting documentation including lease agreements and lease 
modification documentation; 
 Testing the completeness of the leases identified to known leases 
and lease payments made in the period; 
 Validating a sample of new leases and lease modifications to verify 
the accuracy of the underlying lease data and validate the inputs used 
in the calculation; 
 Using our valuation experts to assess the reasonableness of the 
discount rate applied; 
 Obtaining corroborative evidence to support the judgements made 
by management for the key assumptions in applying IFRS 16; and 
 Assessing the accounting policy and disclosures for compliance 
with IFRS as adopted by the EU, including updated guidance in 
relation the practical expedient to provide relief for lessees from lease 
modification accounting for rent concessions related to Covid-19. 
The Company's accounting policy on IFRS 16 is shown on pages 56–
57 to the financial statements and related disclosures are included in 
Note 25. 

Key observations 
Management concluded that amendments were required to their IFRS 
16 accounting having considered our audit findings in relation to their 
application of the Covid-19 related rent concession practical 
expedient. 

There are no further material misstatements identified from our audit 
work which have not been adjusted by management. 

Impact of the new International Financial 
Reporting Standard (IFRS) 16 ‘Leases’ 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ is applicable to financial 
statements with accounting periods 
commencing on or after 1 January 2019 and 
requires lessees to account for leases on 
balance sheet by recognising a right of use 
asset and a lease liability. 

At 26 July 2020 the right of use asset totalled 
£514m, with a corresponding lease liability of 
£555m. 

The process for measuring the impact of IFRS 
16 is complex and requires significant 
judgement, including:  
 Determination of the discount rate applied in 
calculating lease liabilities, specifically in 
assessing the Company’s Incremental 
Borrowing Rate (IBR); 
 Lease term including break clauses, 
termination and extension options; and  
 Use of practical expedients on transition 
including judgements made around low value or 
short-term leases.  

Due to the impact of Covid-19 the International 
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) has 
issued a practical expedient to provide relief for 
lessees from lease modification accounting for 
rent concessions related to Covid-19. The 
amendment is applicable for reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 June 2020 and 
management have early adopted this practical 
expedient. Management must make an 
assessment of each change in lease payment 
terms to ensure it meets the requirements of the 
practical expedient.  

We have therefore identified the impact of the 
new International Financial Reporting Standard 
– IFRS 16, as a significant risk, which was one 
of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatements. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

Key Audit Matters 

How the matter was addressed in the audit 

Management override of controls - the 
presentation of exceptional items 
The risk of management override of controls 
arises in the judgemental areas within the 
financial statements. The key judgements are 
highlighted on page 54 of the annual report and 
exceptional items is flagged as one of those 
areas.  

Exceptional items are presented separately in 
the income statement and further detailed in 
Note 4 of the financial statements, and total 
£59.0m (FY19 - £6.9m). This includes costs 
associated with Covid-19 of £29.1m, the gaming 
machine settlement credit of £15.9m, exceptional 
property losses of £47.5m, and the exceptional 
tax credit of £1.6m.  

There are a number of key management 
judgements around which items should be 
presented as exceptional.  

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to:  
 Assessing items included as exceptional in the financial statements, 
and discussing with management as to the rationale for this 
classification;  
 Checking that management’s classification of exceptional items is 
consistent with the prior period, including gains and losses in relation to 
the continuing pub disposal programme and other property losses; 
 Challenging management around the appropriateness of costs 
associated with the closure of pubs due to Covid-19 being presented 
as exceptional; 
 Testing a sample of items classified as exceptional to agree to 
supporting documentation, including completion statements and 
invoices; and  
 Checking that disclosures of exceptional items provide clear and 
adequate information for the users of the financial statements.  
The Company’s accounting policy for exceptional items is shown on 
page 55 and related disclosures are included in Note 4. 
The Audit Committee identified exceptional items presentation as a 
significant financial reporting item in its report on page 91, where the 
Audit Committee also described the action that it has taken to address 
this issue. 

Given the high levels of judgement included 
within this classification and the risk of 
inappropriate presentation of pre-exceptional 
results, we therefore identified the presentation 
of exceptional items as a significant risk, which 
was one of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement 

Key observations 
As a result of audit procedures performed, we have not identified any 
material misstatement with respect to management’s classification of 
exceptional items. 

70 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

In identifying and assessing risks of material 
misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud 
and non-compliance with laws and regulations, our 
procedures included the following:  
 We obtained an understanding of the legal and 
regulatory frameworks applicable to the Company and 
the industry in which it operates. We determined that 
the following laws and regulations were most 
significant: IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
Companies Act 2006, Listing Rules and the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. 
 We obtained an understanding of how the Company 
is complying with those legal and regulatory 
frameworks by making enquiries of management, those 
responsible for legal and compliance procedures and 
the company secretary. Our findings were corroborated 
by review of the board minutes and papers provided to 
the Audit Committee.  
 We assessed the susceptibility of the Company’s 
financial statements to material misstatement, including 
how fraud might occur. Audit procedures performed by 
the audit team included: 

  Obtaining an understanding of how those 
charged with governance considered and 
addressed the potential for override of 
controls or other inappropriate influence over 
the financial reporting process; 

  Challenging assumptions and judgements 
made by management in its significant 
accounting estimates; 
Identifying and testing journal entries, with a 
focus on entries made with unusual 
accounting combinations;  

 

  Assessing matters reported through the 

 

group’s whistleblowing programme and the 
results of management’s investigation of such 
matters; and 
Identifying and assessing the design 
effectiveness of controls management has in 
place to prevent and detect fraud. 
 We did not identify any key audit matters relating to 
irregularities, including fraud.  

Other information 
The directors are responsible for the other information. 
The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report and financial statements, 
other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

fdfdfds 

Our application of materiality 
We define materiality as the magnitude of 
misstatement in the financial statements that makes it 
probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably 
knowledgeable person would be changed or 
influenced. We use materiality in determining the 
nature, timing and extent of our work and in evaluating 
the results of that work. 

We determined materiality for the audit of the financial 
statements as a whole to be £4,500,000 which 
represents 4.7% of the company’s preliminary 3 year 
average profit / (loss) before taxation. This benchmark 
is considered the most appropriate because of the 
unprecedented impact of Covid-19 on the Company’s 
results and annual report.  

Materiality for the current period is lower than the level 
that we determined for the period ended 28 July 2019 
to reflect the increased risk in light of Covid-19.  
We use a different level of materiality, performance 
materiality, to drive the extent of our testing and this 
was set at 75% of financial statement materiality. 
We also determine a lower level of specific materiality 
for certain areas such as directors’ remuneration and 
related party transactions. 

We determined the threshold at which we will 
communicate misstatements to the audit committee to 
be £225,000. In addition, we will communicate 
misstatements below that threshold that, in our view, 
warrant reporting on qualitative grounds. 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Our audit approach was a based on a thorough 
understanding of the Company's business and is risk 
based, undertaking substantive testing on significant 
transactions and material account balances.  

We have formulated our risk assessment based on 
discussions with management, internal audit and 
operational teams, including visits to the National 
Distribution Centre in Daventry and ten pubs around 
the country in order to perform stock counts and to 
obtain a detailed understanding of the operations of the 
business. Our audit has been carried out in line with 
the agreed audit plan which was updated to reflect the 
additional risks and uncertainties associated with 
Covid-19.  

Explanation as to what extent the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud 
The objectives of our audit are to identify and assess 
the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements due to fraud or error; to obtain sufficient 
appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed 
risks of material misstatement due to fraud or error; 
and to respond appropriately to those risks. Owing to 
the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that material misstatements in the 
financial statements may not be detected, even though 
the audit is properly planned and performed in 
accordance with the ISAs (UK).  

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006 are unmodified 
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit: 
 the information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial period for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements and those reports have been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements;  
 the information about internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to financial reporting 
processes and about share capital structures, given in 
compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure 
Rules and Transparency Rules sourcebook made by 
the Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is 
consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements; and 
 information about the company’s corporate 
governance code and practices and about its 
administrative, management and supervisory bodies 
and their committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 
and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules. 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
there is a material misstatement in the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that 
fact.  

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard 
to our responsibility to specifically address the following 
items in the other information and to report as 
uncorrected material misstatements of the other 
information where we conclude that those items meet 
the following conditions: 
 Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 
75 – the statement given by the directors that they 
consider the annual report and financial statements 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the company’s performance, 
business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or 
 Audit committee reporting set out on pages 91 and 
92 – the section describing the work of the audit 
committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the audit committee; or 
 Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code set out on page 88 – the 
parts of the directors’ statement required under the 
Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code containing 
provisions specified for review by the auditor in 
accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not 
properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

72 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Matters on which we are required to report under 
the Companies Act 2006 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in: 
 the strategic report or the directors’ report; or 
 the information about internal control and risk 
management systems in relation to financial reporting 
processes and about share capital structures, given in 
compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA 
Rules. 

Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 
 adequate accounting records have not been kept, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 
 the financial statements and the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or 
 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made;  
 we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit; or 
 a corporate governance statement has not been 
prepared by the company.  

Responsibilities of directors for the financial 
statements 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on page 75 and 76, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always 
detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Other matters which we are required to address 
We were appointed by the Board on 9 November 2017 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including 
previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 
between 2 and 3 periods of 52 weeks. The non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided to the company and we remain 
independent of the company in conducting our audit. 
Non-audit services provided to the Company have 
been disclosed within Note 2 to the financial 
statements on page 21. 

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report 
to the Audit Committee. 

Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of 
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed. 

Marc Summers BSc (Hons) FCA 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
London 

16 October 2020

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND ADVISERS 

Tim Martin Chairman, aged 65 
Founded the Company in 1979, having previously studied law at Nottingham University 
and qualified as a barrister. He became chairman in 1983. 

John Hutson Chief Executive Officer, aged 55 
Joined in 1991 and was appointed to the board in 1996. He is a graduate of Exeter 
University and previously worked with Allied Domecq. 

Ben Whitley Finance Director, aged 42 
Joined in 1999 and was appointed to the board in 2015. He is a graduate of  
Durham University and qualified as a chartered management accountant in 2012. 

Su Cacioppo Personnel and Legal Director, aged 53 
Joined in 1991 and was appointed to the board in 2008. She is a graduate of  
South Bank University and London Guildhall University and previously worked for  
Courage Limited and Allied Leisure. 

Nigel Connor Company Secretary and Head of Legal, aged 51 
Joined in 2009 and was appointed Company Secretary in 2014. 
He is a graduate of Newcastle University and qualified as a solicitor in 1997. 

Debra van Gene Non-Executive Director, Remuneration Committee Chair, aged 65 
Appointed to the board in 2006 and is chair of the remuneration committee and a member 
of the audit and nomination committees. She is a graduate of Oxford University. She has 
previously been a partner at Heidrick and Struggles Inc and a Commissioner with the 
Judicial Appointments Commission. 

  Registered office 
  Wetherspoon House 
  Central Park 
  Reeds Crescent 
  Watford 
  WD24 4QL 

  Company number 
  1709784 

  Registrars 
  Computershare Investor Services plc 
  PO Box 82 
  The Pavilions 
  Bridgwater Road 
  Bristol 
  BS99 6ZY 

  Independent auditors 
  Grant Thornton UK LLP 
  Chartered Accountants and  
  Statutory Auditors 
  30 Finsbury Square 
  London 
  EC2A 1AG 

Sir Richard Beckett Non-Executive Director, Nomination Committee Chair, aged 76 
Appointed to the board in 2009 and is chair of the nomination committee and a member of 
the audit and remuneration committees. He was called to the bar in 1965 and took silk in 
1987. He was one of the pre-eminent practitioners in regulatory and licensing matters. 

  Solicitors 
  Macfarlanes LLP 
  20 Cursitor Street 
  London 
  EC4A 1LT 

Harry Morley Non-Executive Director, Audit Committee Chair, aged 55 
Appointed to the board in 2016 and is chair of the audit committee and a member of the 
nomination and remuneration committees. He is a graduate of Oxford University. He is a 
non-executive director of The Mercantile Investment Trust plc, TheWorks.co.uk plc and of 
Cadogan Group and its related subsidiary companies. He is also a trustee of the Ascot 
Authority. He qualified as a chartered accountant in 1991. 

Management board 
The management board comprises John Hutson, Su Cacioppo, Ben Whitley  
and the following: 

David Capstick IT and Property Director, aged 59 
Joined in 1998. He was appointed to the management board in 2003. 
He is a graduate of the University of Surrey and previously worked for Allied Domecq. 

Martin Geoghegan Operations Director, aged 51 
Joined in 1994, having previously worked for Safeway plc. He worked in several  
operational roles, before being appointed as operations director in 2004. 

James Ullman, Audit Director, aged 49 
Joined in 1994. He was appointed to the management board in 2019. He is a graduate of 
Brighton University and Birmingham City University and became a chartered auditor in 
2011. 

Bankers 
Allied Irish Banks  
Banco de Sabadell S.A London 
Branch 
Barclays Bank plc 
BNP Paribas 
Clydesdale Bank plc 
Co Operative Rabbobank U.A 
Crédit Industriel et Commercial. 
Handelsbanken Bank 
HSBC Bank plc 
Mediobanca S.p.A 
MUFG Bank Ltd 
National Westminster Bank plc 
Santander UK plc 
The  Governor  and  Company  of  the 
Bank of Ireland 

  Financial advisers 
  Investec Bank plc 

  Stockbrokers 
  Investec Bank plc 

74 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
fdfdfds 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Directors 
The directors of the Company who were in office  
during the year and up to the date of signing  
the financial statements are listed on page 74. 

Dividends 
No dividend will be paid for the year.  

Return of capital 
At the annual general meeting of the Company, held on 
21 November 2019, the Company was given authority  
to make market purchases of up to 15,701,759 of its 
own shares. During the year to 26 July 2020, 419,741 
shares were purchased, with a nominal value of 
£8,000, for a total consideration of £6,455,000, 
including stamp duty. This represented 0.40% of the 
called-up share capital.  

In the event of a change of control, the Company is 
obliged to notify its main bank lenders. The lenders 
shall not be obliged to fund any new borrowing 
requests; facilities will lapse 10 days after the change 
of control, if the terms on which they can continue have 
not been agreed on. Any borrowings, including  
accrued interest, will become immediately repayable  
on such lapse. 

There are no other significant agreements to which  
the Company is party which may be subject to change-
of-control provisions. 

There are no agreements with the Company’s  
directors or employees which provide for compensation 
for loss of office or employment which occurs because 
of a takeover bid. 

Directors’ interest in contracts 
No director has any material interest in any contractual 
agreement, other than an employment contract, 
subsisting during or at the end of the year, which is  
or may be significant to the Company. 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities 
The directors are responsible for preparing the annual 
report, the directors’ remuneration report and the 
financial statements, in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations. 

Takeover directive disclosures 
The Company has an authorised share capital 
comprising 500,000,000 ordinary shares of 2p each.  
As at 26 July 2020, the total issued share capital 
comprised 120,380,155 fully paid-up shares of 2p 
each. The rights to these shares are set out in the 
Company’s articles of association. There are 
no restrictions on the transfer of these shares  
or their attached voting rights. 

Details of significant shareholdings at year end  
and as at 26 July 2020 are given on page 94. 

No person holds shares with specific rights regarding 
control of the Company. 

The Company operates an employee share incentive 
plan. However, no specific rights with respect to the 
control of the Company are attached to these shares. 
In addition, the Company operates a deferred  
bonus scheme, whereby, should a takeover occur,  
all shares held in trust would be transferred to the 
employee immediately. 

The Company is not aware of any agreements among 
holders of securities known to the Company which may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or 
voting rights. 

The Company has the power to issue and buy back 
shares as a result of resolutions passed at the  
annual general meeting in 2019. It is the Company’s 
intention to renew these powers; the resolutions 
approving them are found in the notice of the  
annual general meeting for 2020. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
directors have prepared the Company financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union. Under company law, the directors 
must not approve the financial statements, unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true, fair and balanced 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and  
of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.  
In preparing these financial statements, the directors 
are required to: 

 select suitable accounting policies and  
then apply them consistently 
 make judgements and accounting estimates  
which are reasonable and prudent 
 state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements 
 prepare the financial statements on the going-
concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Company will continue in business 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records, sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and which disclose, with 
reasonable accuracy, the financial position of the 
Company, at any time. The accounting records enable 
the directors to ensure that the financial statements 
and the directors’ remuneration report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and that the Company’s financial 
statements comply with article 4 of the IAS regulation. 
The directors are also responsible for safeguarding  
the assets of the Company and for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT   

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The directors consider that the annual report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide that information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.  

Each of the directors, whose names and functions  
are listed in the section headed ‘directors, officers  
and advisers’, confirms, to the best of his or her 
knowledge, that: 

 the Company’s financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union, give a true and fair view of  
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of  
the Company 

 the strategic report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company, together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties which it faces 

 so far as he or she is aware, there is no  
relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditors are unaware 

 he or she has taken all steps which he or she  
ought to have taken as a director, in order to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information  

Business relations 
Information on the Company’s relations with customers 
and suppliers is disclosed in the strategic report on 
page 63. 

Employment policies 
Information on the Company’s employment policies 
is disclosed in the corporate governance report on 
page 93. 

Directors’ indemnities 
As permitted by the Articles of Association, the 
directors have the benefit of an indemnity which is a 
qualifying third-party indemnity provision, as defined by 
section 234 of the Companies Act 2006. The indemnity 
was in force throughout the last financial year and is 
currently in force. The Company also purchased and 
maintained, throughout the financial year, directors  
and officers’ liability insurance, in respect of itself  
and its directors.  

Viability statement 
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018, the directors confirm that they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Company will 
continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as they fall 
due, for the next three years.  

The directors have determined that a three-year  
period is an appropriate period over which to assess 
viability, as it aligns with the Company’s capital 
investment plans and gives a greater certainty over the 
forecasting assumptions used.  

The directors’ assessment has been made with 
reference to the Company’s current position, financial 
plan and its principal risks and uncertainties set out  
on pages 48–57, specifically economic,  
regulatory, reputational and interest-rate risks.  
To assess the impact of the Company’s principal risks 
and uncertainties on its long-term viability,  
scenarios were applied to the Company’s financial 
forecasts in the form of reduced like-for-like sales, the 
closure of some or all of its pubs and increased 
borrowing costs. It is assumed that the Company’s 
financial plans would be adjusted in response  
to each scenario.  

In making this statement, the directors carried out  
a robust assessment of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Company, including those  
which would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity. Principal risks and 
uncertainties set out on pages 64–65 are the  
result of internal risk management and control 
processes, with further details set out in the  
audit committee’s report on pages 91 and 92. 

Going concern 
The directors have made enquiries into the adequacy 
of the Company’s financial resources, through a review 
of the Company’s budget and medium-term financial 
plan, including capital expenditure plans and  
cash flow forecasts. 

The Company has modelled a range of scenarios, with 
the base forecast being one in which, over the next 12 
months, sales recover gradually to preCovid levels. In 
addition, the directors have considered several 
‘downside’ scenarios, including adjustments to the 
base forecast, a period of significantly lower like-for-like 
sales, regional pub closures for a prolonged time 
period and the possibility of another national temporary 
closure (‘lockdown’) of all of its pubs. 

The directors are satisfied that the Company has 
sufficient liquidity to withstand adjustments to the base 
forecast, as well as the downside scenarios. The length 
of the liquidity period, in relation to each outcome, 
depends on those actions which the Company chooses 
to take (eg the extent to which cash expenditure is 
reduced) and also on the level of government financial 
support (eg reduced business rates) which the 
Company might receive.  

76 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT   

In addition, the directors have noted the range of 
possible additional liquidity options available to the 
Company, should they be required.  

The comparative numbers for greenhouse gas 
emissions have been updated to include the Republic 
of Ireland. 

Overseas branches 
The Company has an overseas branch  
in the Republic of Ireland 

Listing Rule 9.8.4 R 
Information required by this rule to be disclosed 
(starting on page indicated, if applicable): 

 Details of long-term incentive schemes,  
page 25 to 26  
 Provision of services by a controlling shareholder 
page 78 to 87, 
 Agreements with controlling shareholders, page 52 
 Corporate governance (DTR 7.2.9 R),  
pages 88 to 93 

Events after the reporting period 
The details of events after the reporting period  
can be found in note 29 on page 53. 

By order of the board 

Nigel Connor 
Company Secretary 
15 October 2020 

Material uncertainty, which may cast significant doubt 
over the Company’s ability to trade as a going concern, 
has resulted from the impact of the Covid-19 virus on 
the economy and the hospitality industry. It is not clear 
when the current operating restrictions, such as social 
distancing measures and reduced pub opening times, 
will return to ‘normal’ preCovid levels. 

The Company has agreed with its lenders to replace 
existing financial covenant tests with a minimum 
liquidity covenant for the period up to and including July 
2021. There is material uncertainty beyond this date as 
to whether financial covenant tests will be satisfied or 
whether further waivers will be agreed on by lenders. 
The Company will remain in regular dialogue with its 
lenders throughout the period. 

As a result, the directors have satisfied themselves  
that the Company will continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the 
Company continues to adopt the going-concern basis 
in preparing its financial statements. 

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 

GHG Emissions 

Unit 

Scope 1 
Scope 2 
Fuel (car) 

Intensity 

Tonnes CO2e 
Tonnes CO2e 
Tonnes CO2e 
Tonnes CO2e / 
£m revenue 

Quantity 
2020 
45,012 
68,297 
745 

2019 
47,358 
94,016 
1,034 

63.1 

79.9 

Consumption (kWh) 

Scope 1 
Scope 2 
Fuel (car) 
Total 

2020 
244,801,679 
292,946,271 
3,138,550 
540,886,500 

2019 
257,589,099 
308,430,989 
4,277,561 
570,297,649 

 The data in the above tables is calculated by taking 
consumption data and converting it using conversion 
factors published by the Department for Business, 
Energy & Industrial Strategy.  

 Reported data is for the year ended 31 March 2020 
 Scope 1 – combustion of gas 
 Scope 2 – purchase of electricity 
 Refrigerant emissions from our pubs are  
not reported, as they are immaterial 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Annual statement 
Dear shareholder 

This year, the Company’s remuneration policy is due 
for renewal. The remuneration committee is proposing 
a revised policy which varies from the existing policy in 
the areas of executive directors’ pensions and 
shareholding requirements, following new provisions in 
the revised Corporate Governance Code 2018 (see 
page 88). The policy will be presented for approval by 
shareholders at the AGM on 17 December 2020. 

The following salary increases and awards were  
made to executive board members this year,  
in accordance with the remuneration policy agreed  
on by shareholders at the Company’s AGM in  
November 2017: 

Salary 
The salaries of the CEO and the personnel and legal 
director were increased by 2.5% at the beginning of 
this financial year. This compares with a 3% increase 
for the general salaried workforce. 

Following consultation with several of the Company’s 
top shareholders in 2019, in which it was agreed that  
the finance director’s salary would be increased, over 
time, towards market levels for a finance director of a 
FTSE 250 company. The remuneration committee 
increased the finance director’s salary by 11%. 

With the subsequent advent of coronavirus, the 
chairman and CEO voluntarily reduced their salaries by 
50% during 24 March–31 July 2020. The personnel 
and legal director and the finance director voluntarily 
reduced their salaries by 41.6% and 38.0%, 
respectively, over the same period. All non-executive 
directors also voluntarily reduced their fees by  
50% for this period. 

Annual cash bonus 
There will be no annual cash bonus award to executive 
directors this year. 

An award of 3.3% of salary was made for 
predominantly out-of-hours pub calls carried out in the 
year up until March, to maintain quality and standards. 
This element of the annual bonus extends beyond 
board level. It was suspended in March.  

Deferred bonus scheme 
There will be no deferred bonus award to executive 
directors this year. 

Company Share Incentive Plan (SIP) 
These awards are made twice yearly throughout  
the Company. The SIP award took place in September 
2019 as normal, but not in March 2020. 

The effect of this is that executive directors received  
an amount equivalent to 12.5% (normally 25%) of their 
salary in shares.  

The CEO and the personnel and legal director  
each received an additional award equivalent to 2.5% 
(normally 5%) of their salary, because of their  
length of service. This additional award is available  
to all employees with over 25 years’ service with  
the Company. 

Pension 
Under the current agreed Company policy, the 
Company paid 12% pension contributions or a cash 
equivalent to executive directors this year. 

The CEO and the personnel and legal director will each 
receive an additional award equivalent to 2% of their 
salary, because of their length of service. This 
additional 2% is available to all employees with over  
25 years’ service with the Company. 

Please see details for pension provisions proposed 
under the revised Corporate Governance Code 2018 in 
the remuneration policy on page 79 to be presented for 
approval by shareholders on 17 December 2020. 

Workforce engagement  
Wider workforce policies and issues, including  
(but not exclusively) remuneration, are a standing item  
on board agendas. The personnel and legal director 
provides the main liaison point between the workforce 
and the remuneration committee, with individual 
committee members also regularly meeting  
pub employees. 

In setting remuneration for the executive board, the 
committee takes into account wider workforce 
remuneration policies throughout the Company. Many 
of the elements of executive board remuneration 
outlined above extend throughout much of the 
Company, at varying levels, according to seniority and 
length of tenure. 

Further details are set out below, with shareholders 
invited to approve this report and policy proposals at 
the AGM on 17 December 2020. 

Debra van Gene 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
15 October 2020

78 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Remuneration policy 
The revised policy was prepared in compliance with Part 4 of Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2013, as amended. The key changes in the new policy are 
summarised in the Chair’s annual statement on page 78.  

The committee reviews the executive directors’ remuneration packages at least annually.  

The aim of the remuneration policy is to: 

 Provide attractive and fair remuneration for directors 
 Align directors’ long-term interests with those of shareholders, employees and the wider community 
 Incentivise directors to perform to a high level 

In agreeing on remuneration, account is taken of the pay levels at Wetherspoon, as well as those in the  
hospitality industry in general, along with other comparisons and reports. The committee aims to take a fair and 
commonsense approach. 

This statement of our remuneration policy will apply from the company’s next AGM on 17 December 2020, subject to 
shareholders’ approval at that meeting. The statement of our policy will replace the one approved in November 2017. 

Component 

Reason 

Operation, maximum achievable and performance criteria 

Base salary 

Provide attractive 
and fair 
remuneration  
for directors. 

Salaries are reviewed at least annually, with any changes  
normally taking effect from 1 October each year. 

Salary increases are awarded at the discretion of the  
remuneration committee. 

When considering salary levels and whether an increase should be offered, 
the committee takes account of a variety of factors, including Company 
performance, individual performance, experience and responsibilities, market 
information and the level of increase being offered to other employees. 

Benefits 

Provide attractive 
and fair 
remuneration 
for directors. 

A range of taxable benefits is available to executive directors.  
These benefits comprise principally the provision of a car allowance,  
life assurance, private medical insurance and fuel expenses. 

Pension 

Provide attractive 
and fair 
remuneration  
for directors. 

In addition, an allowance equivalent to 5% of salary is paid for a set number of 
calls to monitor service and standards in pubs, predominantly in the evening 
and at weekends. This is paid quarterly. 

The cost of benefits provided changes in accordance with market conditions. 
The committee monitors the overall cost of the package periodically. 

The Company does not operate any defined benefit pension schemes.  

Newly appointed executive directors will receive a pension contribution of 6% 
which is aligned with that made on average to the wider workforce at the date 
of this policy. For the basis of this, please see the table on page 84. 

Existing executive directors will continue to receive 12% of base salary,  
on the basis that this has never been excessive, is lower than the average for 
FTSE250 firms and is not disproportionate with that of the wider workforce.  

After 25 years’ service, all employees in the Company, including executive 
directors receive additional pension payments of 2% of their salary. This rises 
by a further 2% after each additional five years’ service.  

Executive directors may receive a salary supplement in lieu of pension, at the 
discretion of the remuneration committee. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Component 
Annual bonus 
plan 

Reason 
Incentivise 
directors 
to perform to a 
high level. 

Share Incentive 
Plan (SIP) 

Align directors’  
interests with 
those of 
shareholders, 
employees and 
the wider 
community. 

Operation, maximum achievable and performance criteria 
Annual bonus payments are paid in cash, at the discretion of the 
remuneration committee.  

The bonus is based on profit growth, multiplied by a factor of 1.5 and paid 
to a maximum of 45% of salary. Profit growth is calculated on profit before 
tax, property gains/losses and exceptional items. 

Provisions are in place which permit the Company to reclaim awards under 
this scheme as set out on page 82. 

The SIP allocates shares equivalent to 5% of salary to all Company 
employees after an 18-month qualifying period. Shares do not vest for at 
least three years under this plan – and tax-free returns are possible, if the 
shares are held for five years or more. 

The Company offers extra shares under this scheme to some employees:  
pub managers receive an extra 5% annual award; head-office staff 10–
15%; directors, including executive board directors, 20%. 

After 25 years’ service, executive directors receive additional SIPs of 5% of 
their salary. This rises by a further 5% after each additional five years’ 
service. The increases which apply to directors after 25 years and after 
each additional five years apply to all other employees also. 

Awards under this scheme are not based on financial or other targets.  
The Company believes that excessive use of financial targets can lead to 
distortions in companies’ behaviour and that it is important for there to be 
some share awards which can be accumulated gradually, the value of 
which depends on the overall success of the Company. The aim is for all 
employees to be able to accumulate shares over time, to encourage loyalty 
and joint purpose. 

Awards are made twice yearly throughout the Company. 

Directors must be in office when the shares vest. 

If changes are made to SIPs which apply to all employees in the schemes, 
they may be applied to executive directors, at the discretion of the 
remuneration committee. 

80 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Component 

Reason 

Operation, maximum achievable and performance criteria 

Deferred 
Bonus Scheme 

Align directors’  
interests with those 
of shareholders, 
employees and the 
wider community. 

The Company does not operate a shareholding scheme with a minimum 
vesting period of five years. 

The Deferred Bonus Scheme may award shares to all senior managers, 
including executive directors. Bonus awards are made under the scheme, 
annually, at the discretion of the remuneration committee. 

Bonus awards are satisfied in shares. One-third of a participant’s shares will 
vest to the participant on calculation of the amount of the award, one-third  
will vest after one year and the remaining third will vest to the participant after 
two years (in each case subject to the participant being employed at the 
release date). 

The current performance criteria are based on earnings per share and owners’ 
earnings per share. The performance criteria for executive directors are the 
same as those for senior managers who are eligible for the scheme. Awards 
are made using a multiple based on an employee’s grade. The maximum 
bonus to be earned under the scheme is 100% of annual salary. 

Any changes made to the Deferred Bonus Scheme for eligible senior 
managers may, at the discretion of the remuneration committee, be applied to 
executive directors. 

Provisions are in place which permit the Company to reclaim awards under 
this scheme as set out on page 82. 

Non-executive 
directors’ fees 

Provide attractive 
and fair 
remuneration  
for directors. 

The fees paid to non-executive directors are determined by the executive 
board, taking into account the level of fees for similar positions in the market 
and the time commitment which each non-executive director makes.  

The non-executive directors receive no other remuneration or benefits  
from the Company. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Shareholdings 
Executive directors are required to maintain a minimum 
shareholding. Minimum holding requirements are set 
by the remuneration committee for each director and 
are reviewed every three years, when the remuneration 
policy is reviewed. Minimum holding requirements 
include awarded shares which have not yet vested. 

In the event of serious misstatement or misconduct,  
the remuneration committee can stop bonuses from 
being paid and prevent share awards from vesting.  
The remuneration committee will make reasonable 
judgement, based on the facts at hand. Any  
actions taken will be at the discretion of the 
remuneration committee. 

To the extent that any executive director holds less 
than the required number of shares, they have a five-
year period to meet this requirement from the date on 
which the requirement is set. During this period, at 
least 50% of any vested share awards must be 
retained, until the required shareholding is attained. 

On ceasing to be an executive director, a minimum 
holding of 50% of the previous requirement must be 
maintained for a minimum period of 12 months. 

This guideline applies to shares which vest following 
the adoption of this guideline. Any shares purchased by 
executives would not be subject to the guideline.  

The application of the minimum shareholding 
requirement is at the discretion of the remuneration 
committee. 

The current minimum shareholding requirements are 
200% of base salary, calculated on a £15.71 share 
price at 29 July 2019, which was the share price at the 
start of the financial year: 

B Whitley 

J Hutson 

S Cacioppo 

T Martin 

Number of shares 

Minimum 
Requirement 

Shares held 
as 26 July 2020 

28,000 

76,000 

44,000 

41,000 

24,577 

191,137 

55,653 

32,976,209 

Difference between the policy for  
directors and that for employees 
Members of the wider management team may  
receive each of the components of remuneration 
awarded to the executive directors, although the 
amounts due for each component may vary,  
depending on their level of seniority.  

Non-executive directors are not entitled  
to any component, other than fees. 

The wider employee population of the Company  
will receive remuneration which is considered  
appropriate to their level of responsibility  
and performance. 

Withholding and recovery of awards 
Awards made under the bonus scheme and  
the deferred bonus scheme may be reclaimed,  
in exceptional circumstances of misstatement  
or misconduct. 

Approach to recruitment remuneration 
The aim, when agreeing on components of  
a remuneration package, including any variable pay  
for incoming directors, would be in accordance with  
the table above. 

Account is taken of the individual’s experience, the 
nature of the role being offered and his or her existing 
remuneration package. Relocation expenses or 
allowances may be paid, as appropriate. 

The committee may, at its discretion, offer cash, share-
based elements or additional pension contributions, as 
necessary, to secure an appointment, although it does 
not normally do so. Shareholders will be informed of 
any such payments at the time of appointment. 

Our main principle is that payments made to 
prospective directors as compensation for loss of 
benefits at a previous company are inherently unfair, 
since it would be extremely rare for anyone below 
board level to receive this sort of compensation. 

Chairman and directors’ service contracts 
The executive directors are employed on rolling 
contracts, requiring the Company to give up to one 
year’s notice of termination, while the director may give 
six months’ notice. In the event of termination of 
employment with the Company, without the requisite 
period of notice, executive directors’ service contracts 
provide for the payment of a sum equivalent to the net 
value of salary and benefits to which the executive 
would have been entitled during the notice period.  
The executive is required to mitigate his or her loss and 
such mitigation may be taken into account in any 
payment made. The Company’s policies on the 
duration of directors’ service contracts, notice periods 
and termination payments are all in accordance with 
best industry practice. The commencement dates for 
executive directors’ service contracts were as follows: 

Tim Martin – 20 October 1992 
John Hutson – 2 February 1998 
Su Cacioppo – 10 March 2008 
Ben Whitley – 5 November 2015 
All directors will be standing for re-election at the AGM. 
Their current service contracts do not have an explicit 
expiry date. 

82 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Non-executive directors 
The non-executive directors hold their positions, 
pursuant to letters of appointment dated 1 November 
2019, with a term of 12 months. 

If their appointment is terminated early, non-executive 
directors are entitled to the fees to which they would 
have been entitled up to the end of their term. They do 
not participate in the Company’s bonus or share 
schemes. Their fees are determined by the executive 
directors, following consultation with professional 
advisers, as appropriate. 

External appointments 
Executive directors are not allowed to take external 
appointments without the prior consent of the 
Company. The Company has not released any 
executive directors to serve as a non-executive director 
elsewhere. 

Illustration of the application of the  
remuneration policy 
The charts below set out the composition of the 
chairman and executive directors’ remuneration 
packages in £000, at a minimum, a reasonable 
expectation target and as a possible maximum: 

Tim Martin

Maximum

Expected

Minimum

100%

100%

100%

£324 

£324 

£324 

£0

£100

£200

£300

John Hutson

Maximum
Expected
Minimum

39%
56%
80%

17%

44%

£1,896 

7%
20%

37%
£939 

£1,352 

£0

£400

£800 £1,200 £1,600 £2,000

Ben Whitley

Maximum
Expected
Minimum

38%
55%
79%

17%

8%
21%

37%
£358

£733

45%
£520

£0

£200

£400

£600

£800

Su Cacioppo

Maximum
Expected
Minimum

39%
56%
80%

17%

7%
20%

37%
£533 

44%

£765

£1,071

£0
Fixed

£300

£600

£900

£1,200

Annual variable

Long-term incentive

The fixed annual values include: 
 Fixed annual salary, benefits and allowances, in line 
with those outlined in the policy section, and based on 
the salaries applicable as at 26 July 2020 

The annual variable values include the cash bonus 
which may be achievable. In the case of the ‘expected’, 
an average percentage achieved over the last five 
years has been used as a basis. 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

The long-term incentive plan values include: 
 The fixed 25% awarded under the Company’s  
Share Incentive Plan 
 An average achieved in respect of the Deferred 
Bonus Scheme over the last five years 

The maximum values provided for the long-term 
incentive plan would not increase as a result of a 
hypothetical 50% share price appreciation.  

Consequently, no additional maximum values have 
been provided for this scenario. 

Payments for loss of office 
The Company’s policy is that the period of notice for 
executive directors will not exceed 12 months; 
accordingly, the employment contracts of the executive 
directors are terminable on 12 months’ notice by the 
Company or six months’ notice by a director.  
The Company may terminate a director’s employment 
without notice or compensation, in the event of  
gross misconduct.  

In the event of a director’s departure, the Company’s 
policy on termination payments is as follows: 
 The Company will seek to ensure that no more  
is paid than is warranted in each individual case 
 Salary payments will be limited to notice periods 
 There is no entitlement to bonus paid 
(or associated deferred shares or SIPs) following  
notice of termination 
 The committee’s normal policy is that, where the 
individual is considered a ‘good leaver’, a prorated 
bonus may be paid 
 The Company may enable the provision of 
outplacement services to a departing director 

Retirement policy 
The Company does not have a mandatory retirement 
age. Employees wishing to retire should be aged at 
least 55 years at the date of leaving (the minimum age 
a person can access a workplace pension) and serve 
their contractual notice period. Retiring employees are 
permitted to retain any unvested shares held in any 
Company scheme. 

Consideration of employment conditions  
elsewhere in the Company 
The committee receives information on salary 
increases, bonus payments and other benefits 
available at the Company. These are taken into 
consideration when conducting the review of executive 
remuneration, although no formal consultation with 
employees is undertaken in this regard. 

Consideration of shareholders’ views 
Any views in respect of directors’ remuneration 
expressed to the Company by shareholders have been, 
and will be, taken into account in the formulation of the 
directors’ remuneration policy. Details of votes cast for 
and against the resolution to approve last year’s 
remuneration report and any matters discussed with 
shareholders during the year are provided in the annual 
report on remuneration. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Annual report on remuneration 
The table below sets out in a single figure the total amount of remuneration, including each element,  
received by each director for the year ended 26 July 2020. 

Single-figure table – audited 

Executive directors 
B Whitley 
J Hutson 
S Cacioppo 

Non-executive  
directors and chairman 
T R Martin 
E McMeikan 
D van Gene  
R Beckett  
H Morley 

Salary/fees 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

Taxable  
benefits1 
2020 

2019 

£000 

£000 

Performance  
bonus2 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

Long-term  
incentives 
2020 

2019 

Pension 
contributions3 
2020 

2019 

£000 

£000 

£000 

£000 

Total 

2020 

£000 

2019 

£000 

212 
522 
304 

220 
620 
348 

16 
19 
17 

17 
21 
20 

7 
17 
10 

11 
31 
17 

28 
93 
52 

84 
276 
155 

29 
87 
49 

26 
87 
49 

358 
292 
738  1,035 
589 
432 

  1,038  1,188 

52 

58 

34 

59 

173 

515 

165 

162  1,462  1,982 

267 
9 
45 
45 
45 

324 
53 
53 
53 
53 

12 
– 
– 
– 
– 

17 
– 
– 
– 
– 

411 

536 

12 

17 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

279 
9 
45 
45 
45 

341 
53 
53 
53 
53 

423 

553 

Total 

1,449  1,724 

64 

75 

34 

59 

173 

515 

165 

162  1,885  2,535 

1) Taxable benefits include car allowances and the provision of rail travel for Tim Martin, as well as  
private health and fuel expenses for executive directors. 
2) No bonus was awarded under the profit growth element of the bonus scheme, in line with policy. In respect of the 
element for pub calls made to monitor standards, 3.3% was awarded, in line with policy. 
3) Executive directors receive either pension contributions, equivalent to 12% of salary, to the stakeholder pension plan  
or salary in lieu of pension contributions. Additional pension payments are made, equivalent to 2% of salary for  
25–29 years’ service, a further 2% for 30–34 years’ service and a further 2% at 35+ years’ service. Su Cacioppo,  
John Hutson and Ben Whitley took, in salary, the portion of their company pension contribution which was above the  
annual cap. 

The final amount received by executive directors for long-term incentive awards will be affected by future changes in the 
Company’s share price. A 50% increase in the share price between the award date and the vesting date will increase the 
value of the award by 50%. Conversely, a 50% reduction will reduce the value of the award by 50%. 

Company pension contributions for any newly appointed executive directors will be 6%. This aligns with contributions in 
the wider workforce. The average employer contribution across all levels (pubs and head office) for the stakeholder plan 
is 5.4%. The average employer contribution across all levels (head office only) for the stakeholder plan is 6.2%. 

Covid-19 remuneration reductions 

During 24 March–31 July 2020 (the closure period), the directors volunteered salary reductions as follows: 

 Ben Whitley:  
 John Hutson:  
 Su Cacioppo:  
 Tim Martin:  
 Debra van Gene:  
 Harry Morley:  
 Richard Beckett:  

-£33,454   
-£112,400  
-£52,537   
-£57,128   
-£7,923    
-£7,923    
-£7,923    

No pub call allowance was paid during the closure period. 

There was no SIPS award in March 2020. 

84 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Details of targets applicable during the year are disclosed in the directors’ remuneration policy statement.  
The resultant percentages against each of the bonus measures achieved are shown below, with the percentage 
awarded for each director being the same. 

Maximum 

Awarded 

B Whitley 

J Hutson 

S Cacioppo 

Pub calls 

Profit growth 

Total performance bonus 

Employee share scheme 

Employee share scheme – long service* 

Deferred Bonus Scheme 

Total long-term incentives 

Total 

5.0% 

45.0% 

50.0% 

25.0% 

5.0% 

100.0% 

130.0% 

180.0% 

3.3% 

0.0% 

3.3% 

7,067 

17,404 

10,128 

– 

– 

– 

7,067 

17,404 

10,128 

12.5% 

28,113 

2.5% 

0.0% 

15.0% 

18.3% 

77,858 

15,571 

– 

– 

– 

28,113 

93,429 

35,180 

110,833 

43,706 

8,741 

– 

52,447 

62,575 

*J Hutson and S Cacioppo received an additional 2.5% (normally 5%), as they have completed 25 years’ service  
with the Company. 

There was no earnings-per-share and no owners’-earnings-per-share growth this year.  

Long-term incentive awards – audited 

B Whitley 

J Hutson 

S Cacioppo 

Number of shares 
*Share      **Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme 
2,168 

Incentive 
Plan 
1,822 

6,055 

3,399 

6,108 

3,429 

Total 
3,990 

12,163 

6,828 

Face value in £ 

Share 
Incentive 
Plan 
28,113 

93,429 

52,447 

Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme 
32,997 

Total 
61,110 

92,964 

186,393 

52,189 

104,636 

11,276 

11,705 

22,981 

173,989 

178,150 

352,139 

*Awarded at an average share price of £15.43, three days before grant; shares will vest three years after grant.  
**Awarded at an average share price of £15.22, five days before grant; shares vest in three equal tranches, 

in September of each of 2019, 2020 and 2021. 

All awards have no further performance conditions attached, except to be employed by the Company at the vesting date. 

Directors and connected persons’ interests in shares: audited 
The interests of the directors in the shares of the Company, as at 26 July 2020, were as follows: 

Ordinary shares of 2p each, held beneficially 

Shares 

Share 
Incentive 
Plan 

Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme 

2020 

Shares 

Share 
Incentive 
Plan 

Deferred 
Bonus 
Scheme 

2019 

32,976,209 

   32,976,209  33,466,934 

9,670 

9,296 

5,611 

24,577 

5,680 

11,648 

  33,466,934 
30,276 

12,948 

140,039 

33,928 

17,170 

191,137 

111,461 

45,671 

42,016 

199,148 

26,969 

19,045 

9,639 

55,653 

25,368 

25,637 

23,588 

74,593 

– 

3,777 

2,000 

3,111 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,777 

2,000 

3,111 

1,000 

1,000 

2,000 

2000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,000 

1,000 

2,000 

2000 

T R Martin 

B Whitley 

J Hutson 

S Cacioppo 

E McMeikan 

D van Gene 

R Beckett 

H Morley 

With the exception of partnership shares, there have been no changes to these interests since 26 July 2020. 

Partnership shares 
John Hutson and Ben Whitley are participants of the partnership share scheme and acquired 108 shares each  
in the year. Su Cacioppo is a participant in the partnership share scheme and acquired 109 shares in the year.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
The market price of the shares purchased ranged 663.7–1,704.0p. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Performance graph – non-audited information 
This graph shows the total shareholder return (with dividends reinvested) of a holding of the Company’s shares against a 
hypothetical holding of shares in the FTSE All-Share Travel & Leisure sector index. The directors selected this index, as 
it contains most of the Company’s competitors and is considered to be the most appropriate index for the Company. 

Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding since July 2008, based on 30-trading-day average values 

700.0

620.0

540.0

460.0

380.0

300.0

220.0

140.0

60.0

i

l

)
£
(
g
n
d
o
h
0
0
1
£
l
a
c
i
t
e
h
t
o
p
y
h
f
o
e
u
l
a
V

Jul-08 Jul-09 Jul-10 Jul-11 Jul-12 Jul-13 Jul-14 Jul-15 Jul-16 Jul-17 Jul-18 Jul-19 Jul-20

J D Wetherspoon

FTSE All-Share Travel &
Leisure

.

86 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 

Chief executive officer’s remuneration 

Comparison of increases in remuneration,  
dividends and share buy-backs 

Single figure 
of total 
remuneration 

Performance 
bonus 
payment 
achieved 
against 
maximum 
possible 

Long-term 
incentives 
scheme  
shares  
vesting  
against  
maximum 
possible* 

£000 

738 
1,035 
1,490 
1,698 
1,187 
1,202 
741 
1,079 
847 
628 

% 

7 
10 
29 
85 
21 
10 
19 
43 
34 
24 

% 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

John Hutson 

2020 
2019 
2018 
2017 
2016 
2015 
2014 
2013 
2012 
2011 

*As long-term incentive scheme shares issued have  
no further performance criteria attached, all shares 
previously awarded vest in full when the vesting date  
is reached.  

The following table compares the change in 
remuneration of the chief executive with that  
of all employees. 

John Hutson 
Salary 
Taxable benefits 
Performance bonus 

2020 

2019  Change  

 Total 
employees 

£000 

£000 

% 

% 

522 
19 
17 
558 

620  (15.8) 
21 
(9.5) 
31  (45.2) 
672  (17.0) 

(0.7) 
14.0 
(29.0) 
(2.5) 

Change in total employees’ salary is calculated  
based on the amounts paid to all employees adjusted 
for redundancy and employer’s National Insurance 
payments, divided by the number of hours  
worked by employees. 

Chief executive pay ratios 
The table below shows the chief executive’s total 
remuneration, as disclosed in the single-figure table, 
compared with that of full-time equivalent employees’  
median (50th), 25th and 75th percentiles. 

Pay ratios table 

Year 
2020 
2019 

Method 
Option B 
Option B 

25th 
50:1 
47:1 

50th 
32:1 
44:7 

75th 
27:1 
38:1 

The Company has used the same data used for gender 
pay reporting to determine the median, 25th and 75th 
percentile employees. This method is called option B in 
The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulation 
2018. It is believed that using a constant methodology 
with gender pay reporting will produce the most 
understandable ratios. 

Dividends 
Share buy-backs 

2020 
£000 

2019  Change  
% 
£000 

8,371 
6,456 

12,652  (33.84) 
5,399  19.58 

Total employee remuneration  467,886  623,011  (24.90) 

Remuneration committee 
The remuneration committee comprises the following 
independent directors: Debra van Gene (chair),  
Sir Richard Beckett and Harry Morley. 

The committee meets regularly and considers 
executive directors’ remuneration annually.  
It approves all contractual and compensation 
arrangements for the executive directors, including 
performance-related payments. 

Shareholders’ vote on 2019 directors’  
remuneration report 
The table below shows the voting outcomes  
at the 21 November 2019 AGM for the directors’  
remuneration report. 

For 
Against 
Abstentions 

Total cast 

Number of  
votes 

  82,541,118 
5,684,207 
41,357 

% of 
 votes 

93.51% 
6.44% 
0.05% 

  88,266,682 

100.00% 

All votes at the AGM were passed with at least  
80% of the cast votes. 

Shareholders’ vote on 2017 directors’  
remuneration policy 
The table below shows the voting outcomes  
at the 9 November 2017 AGM for the directors’  
remuneration policy. 

For 
Against 

Abstentions 

Total cast 

Number of  
votes 

86,183,895 
4,477,466 

213,196 

% of 
 votes 

94.84% 
4.93% 

0.23% 

90,874,557 

100.00% 

The Corporate Governance Code requires companies 
to provide a summary of actions taken in relation to any 
agenda items being voted on and receiving less than 
80% of votes. All votes at the AGM received more than 
the 80% threshold. 

By order of the board 

Nigel Connor 
Company Secretary 
15 October 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Statement of compliance 
The Company is committed to high standards of 
corporate governance. The board believes that  
the Company has been compliant with the Code 
throughout the 52 weeks ended 26 July 2020,  
except as described below. 

3 – Dialogue with shareholders 

The Code indicates that the chairman should discuss 
governance and strategy with major shareholders. The 
chairman has had many discussions with shareholders 
since the Company’s flotation in 1992, although 
corporate governance has rarely been raised. The 
majority of discussions with major shareholders now 
takes place among the CEO, finance director and 
shareholders. These discussions are relayed to, and 
considered by, the board. The chairman is available for 
discussion with major shareholders, when requested. 

10 – Non-executive directors’ independence 

Debra van Gene and Sir Richard Beckett have served 
more than nine years on the board and so may not be 
considered independent under the Code. The board 
considers that their performance as non-executive 
directors continues to be effective. They contribute 
significantly as directors through their individual skills, 
considerable knowledge and experience of the 
Company. They also continue to demonstrate strong 
independence in the manner in which they discharge 
their responsibilities as directors. Consequently, the 
board has concluded that, despite their length of 
tenure, there is no association with management which 
could compromise their independence. 

12 – Senior independent director 

During the year the Company’s senior independent 
director, Elizabeth McMeikan resigned. The Company 
is in the process of recruiting a replacement, however, 
at the year-end, the Company did not have a senior 
independent director in place. 

19 – Chairman’s term 

Tim Martin has served more than nine years as 
chairman of the board. The board considers that his 
considerable knowledge and experience from founding 
the Company and leading it for over 40 years have had 
a positive effect on the Company’s performance.  
The board believes that it is in the interest of the 
Company and its shareholders for Tim Martin to remain 
as chairman. 

21 – External board evaluation 

A requirement of corporate governance is a 
recommendation for a third party to evaluate the 
functioning of the board. Delegation of a key task of the 
chairman and of the directors of the board itself to a 
third party, often with little or no connection with the 
Company’s business and with a very limited knowledge 
of the directors, may be a dangerous step for a board 
to take. It is the function of the board itself to evaluate 
its own performance – and that performance is most 
evident from the results of the underlying business. 
For this reason, it is believed best for the Company to 
continue with its current system of ‘self-evaluation’. 

30 – Long-term shareholdings 

To promote long-term shareholdings by executive 
directors and align their interests with shareholders,  
the Code requires that any share awards given to 
executive directors should have a minimum vesting 
period of five years. The executive directors receive 
shares under schemes which are open to other 
employees and have vesting periods of less than five 
years. The Company has disclosed details of the share 
award schemes in the remuneration policy on pages 
80–81. To promote long-term shareholding by 
executive directors, the Company requires directors to 
hold a minimum number of shares as disclosed on 
page 82. Restrictions are in place on the sale of 
shares, if directors have not achieved the minimum 
holding. 

A full version of the Code is available on the official 
website of the Financial Reporting Council:  
frc.org.uk 

88 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Board leadership and Company purpose 

Matters reserved for the board 

The board of directors 
The board comprises the following members: 
 Tim Martin, chairman 
 John Hutson, chief executive officer 
 Ben Whitley, finance director 
 Su Cacioppo, personnel and legal director 
 Debra van Gene, non-executive director 
 Sir Richard Beckett, non-executive director 
 Harry Morley, non-executive director 

The board considers each of Debra van Gene, Sir 
Richard Beckett and Harry Morley to be independent. 

Biographies of all non-executive and executive 
directors are provided on page 74 and can be viewed 
on the Company’s website: jdwetherspoon.com 

The chairman regularly meets the non-executive 
directors and evaluates the performance of the board, 
its committees and its individual directors. 

The Company’s purpose and how it establishes  
its values and culture through engagement with 
employees are disclosed on page 63.  

Directors’ conflicts of interest 
The board expects the directors to declare any  
conflicts of interest and does not believe that any 
material conflicts of interest exist. 

Relations with shareholders 
The board takes measures to ensure that all board 
members are kept aware of both the views of major 
shareholders and changes in the major shareholdings 
of the Company. Efforts made to accomplish effective 
communication include: 

 Annual general meeting, considered to be  
an important forum for shareholders to raise  
questions with the board 
 Regular feedback from the Company’s stockbrokers  
 Interim, full and ongoing announcements circulated 
to shareholders 
 Any significant changes in shareholder movement 
being notified to the board by the company secretary, 
when necessary 
 The company secretary maintaining procedures and 
agreements for all announcements to the Stock Market 
 A programme of regular meetings between investors 
and directors of the Company 

The following matters are reserved for the board: 

  Board and management 
  Structure and senior  

management responsibilities 

  Nomination of directors 
  Appointment and removal of  

chairman and company secretary 

  Strategic matters 

  Strategic, financing or adoption of  

new business plans, in respect of any  
material aspect of the Company 

  Business control 

  Agreement of code of ethics  

and business practice 

  Internal audit 
  Authority limits for heads of department 

  Operating budgets 

  Approval of a budget for investments  

and capital projects 

  Changes in major supply contracts 

  Finance 

  Raising new capital and confirmation  

of major facilities 

  The entry into asset-financing transactions 
  Specific risk-management policies, including 
insurance, hedging and borrowing limits 
  Final approval of annual and interim accounts 

and accounting policies 

  Appointment of external auditors 

  Legal matters 

  Institution of legal proceedings,  

where costs exceed certain values 

  Secretarial 

  Call of all shareholders’ meetings 
  Delegation of board powers 
  Disclosure of directors’ interests 

  General 

  Board framework of executive  

remuneration and costs 

Division of responsibilities 

It is not advantageous, in a company like Wetherspoon, 
for there to be high barriers or exaggerated distinctions 
between the role of chairman and that of chief 
executive officer. However, some general distinctions 
are outlined overleaf. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Chairman’s responsibility 

Chief executive officer’s responsibility 

The chairman is responsible for the smooth running  
of the board and ensuring that all directors are  
fully informed of matters relevant to their roles 

Delegated responsibility of authority from the  
Company to exchange contracts for new pubs and to sign 
all contracts with suppliers 

The chief executive officer is responsible for the  
smooth daily running of the business 

Developing and maintaining effective management controls, 
planning and performance measurements 

Providing support, advice and feedback to the  
chief executive officer 

Maintaining and developing an effective  
organisational structure 

Supporting the Company’s strategy and encouraging the 
chief executive officer with development of that strategy 

External and internal communications, in conjunction  
with the chairman, on any issues facing the Company 

Chairing general meetings, board meetings,  
operational meetings and agreeing on board agendas  
and ensuring that adequate time is available for  
discussion of agenda items 

Management of the chief executive officer’s contract, 
appraisal and remuneration, by way of making 
recommendations to the remuneration committee 

Providing support to executive directors and  
senior managers of the Company 

Helping to provide the ‘ethos’ and ‘vision’ of the Company, 
after discussions and debates with employees of all levels, 
customers, shareholders and including organisations  
such as CAMRA 

Implementing and monitoring compliance  
with board policies 

Timely and accurate reporting of the above to the board 

Recruiting and managing senior managers in the business 

Developing and maintaining effective risk-management  
and regulatory controls 

Helping to provide information on customers and 
employees’ views by calling on pubs  

Maintaining primary relationships with shareholders  
and investors 

Helping to make directors aware of shareholders’ concerns 

Chairing the management board responsible for 
implementing the Company’s strategy 

Helping to ensure that a culture of openness and debate 
exists in the Company 

Ensuring compliance with the London Stock Exchange  
and legal and regulatory requirements, in consultation with 
the board and the Company’s external advisers 

The board has several established committees as set out below. The board met physically four times during the  
year ending 26 July 2020. During lockdown, the board met weekly via conference call. Attendance of the directors  
and non-executives, where appropriate, is shown below. 

Number of meetings held in the year 

Tim Martin 

John Hutson 

Su Cacioppo 

Ben Whitley 

Debra van Gene 
Sir Richard Beckett 
Harry Morley 

Nigel Connor 

Board 
18 

14 

18 

18 

18 

17 
18 
18 

18 

Audit 
4 

N/A 

N/A 

4 

4 

4 
4 
4 

4 

Remuneration 
4 

Nomination 
1 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

4 
4 
4 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

1 
1 
1 
N/A 

90 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Audit, risk and internal control 

Audit committee 
The committee’s primary role is to assist the board  
in the provision of effective governance over the 
Company’s financial reporting, risk management and 
internal control; in particular, it performs the  
following activities: 

 Assumes direct responsibility for the appointment, 
compensation, resignation and dismissal of the 
external auditors, including review of the external audit, 
its cost and effectiveness 
 Reviews the independence of the external auditors, 
including consideration of the level of non-audit work 
carried out by them 
 Reviews the scope and nature of the work  
to be performed by the external auditors,  
before audit commences 
 Reviews the half-year and annual  
financial statements  
 Ensures compliance with accounting standards and 
monitors the integrity of the financial statements and 
formal announcements relating to the financial 
performance of the Company and supports the board in 
its responsibility to ensure that the annual financial 
statements are fair, balanced and understandable 
 Reviews the internal audit plan, which is updated to 
reflect the changing needs of the business and the 
concerns of management and the audit committee 
 Reviews and raises questions on all internal audit 
reports and requests management to adjust the 
prioritisation of mitigating actions, as needed. Areas 
reviewed this year included supply chain and 
distribution centre, pub closures, system security, IT, 
cyber-crime, changes in business environment, decline 
in like-for-like sales volume and escalating costs of 
labour 
 Reviews, with the support of specialists as required, 
controls over access to the IT systems used around the 
business and agrees with management on the timing of 
any mitigating actions to be carried out 
 Reviews and monitors procedures in relation to the 
Company’s whistleblowing policy 
 Reviews and questions the effectiveness of  
all risk-management and internal control systems 
 Reviews the audit director’s statement on  
internal controls on completed audits 
 Considers the overall impact on the business of the 
matters arisen from the various reviews described 
above and any other matters which the auditors, 
internal or external, may bring to the attention  
of the committee 
 Ensures that all matters, where appropriate, are 
raised and brought to the attention of the board  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Significant financial reporting items  
The accounting policies of the Company and the 
estimates and judgements made by management are 
assessed by the committee for their suitability. The 
following areas are those considered to be the most 
significant by the committee: 

 The provision for the impairment of fixed assets – 
several judgements are used in making this calculation, 
primarily on expected future sales and profits. The 
committee received reports and questioned 
management on the calculations made and the 
assumptions used 
 Significant one-off items of expense or income  
are reported as exceptional on the face of the income 
statement. All exceptional items are reviewed by  
the committee 
 The implementation of IFRS 16 and its presentation 
within the financial statements 
 The committee reviewed the financial plans, 
modelled scenarios and assumptions made by the 
Company in support of the presentation of the financial 
statements on a going concern basis 
 The committee reviewed and raised questions  
on the calculations made by the Company in relation to 
the hedge accounting and effectiveness for interest-
rate swaps 

The committee is satisfied that the judgements made 
by management are reasonable and that appropriate 
disclosures have been included in the accounts. 

Non-audit services 
During the year, the Company made no use of 
specialist teams from Grant Thornton UK LLP, relating 
to accounting or tax services. The fees paid to Grant 
Thornton UK LLP for non-audit services were £Nil 
(2019: £Nil). The use of Grant Thornton UK LLP for 
non-audit work is monitored regularly, to achieve the 
necessary independence and objectivity of the 
auditors. In addition, the chair of the audit committee is 
consulted before awarding to the external auditors  
any non-audit services in excess of £20,000.  
Where the auditors provide non-audit services,  
their objectivity and independence are safeguarded  
by the use of different teams. See note 2 on page 21,  
for a breakdown of auditors’ remuneration for audit  
and non-audit services. 

External auditors 
The audit committee is responsible for making 
recommendations to appoint, reappoint or remove 
external auditors. Following a review by the audit 
committee, the board agreed, in October 2020,  
to recommend to shareholders, at the annual general 
meeting, the appointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP as 
external auditors for a period of one year. 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Audit-tendering and rotation 
The audit committee keeps under review the 
requirements on audit-tendering and rotation from  
the European Union and the Competition and Markets 
Authority. The Company will be required to change its 
audit firm for the year ending 25 July 2038,  
at the latest. The audit was last tendered in 2018 
– and Grant Thornton UK LLP has been in place as the 
Company’s auditor for three years. 

Effectiveness of external auditors 
The audit committee assesses the ongoing 
effectiveness of the external auditors and audit 
process, on the basis of meetings and internal  
reviews with finance and other senior executives.  

In reviewing the independence of the external auditors, 
the audit committee considers several factors. These 
include the standing, experience and tenure of the 
external auditors, the nature and level of services 
provided and confirmation from the external auditors 
that they have complied with relevant UK 
independence standards. The terms of reference  
of the audit committee are available on the  
Company’s website. 

Risk management 
The board is responsible for the Company’s  
risk-management process. 

The internal audit department, in conjunction with 
feedback from senior management of the business 
functions, produces a risk register annually. 

The identified risks are assessed, based on the 
likelihood of a risk occurring and the potential impact  
to the business, should the risk materialise. 

The audit director determines and reviews the  
risk-assessment process and will communicate the 
timetable annually. 

The risk register is presented to the audit committee 
and management board annually, with a schedule of 
audit work agreed on, on a rolling basis. The purpose 
of this work is to review, on behalf of the Company and 
the board, those key risks and the systems of control 
necessary to manage such risks.  

Where recommendations are made for changes in 
systems or processes to reduce risk, internal audit will 
follow up regularly to ensure that the recommendations 
are implemented. 

No significant failings of internal control were identified 
during these reviews. 

A summary of the financial risks and treasury policies 
can be found on page 65, together with other risks  
and uncertainties. 

Emerging risks 
The Company monitors emerging risks through the 
receipt of advice and feedback from head office and 
pub staff, customers, suppliers, and several external 
advisers and by maintaining an awareness of the wider 
economic, political and social environment.  

Any potential risks identified will be discussed in the 
relevant internal meetings, where any potential impact 
on the business will be considered. Any significant risks 
identified will be added to the Company’s risk register. 

Internal control 
During the year, the Company provided an internal 
audit and risk-management function. The creation of  
a system of internal control and risk mitigation is a key 
part of the Company’s operations and culture. The 
board is responsible for maintaining a sound system  
of internal control and reviewing its effectiveness.  
The function can only manage, rather than entirely 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. It can provide only reasonable, and not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or 
loss. Ongoing reviews, assessments and management 
of significant risks took place throughout the year  
under review and up to the date of the approval of the 
annual report. 

The Company has an internal audit function  
which is discharged as follows: 
 Regular audits of the Company’s stock 
 Unannounced visits to pub sites 
 Monitoring systems which control  
the Company’s cash 
 Health & safety visits, ensuring compliance  
with Company procedures 
 Reviewing and assessing the impact of  
legislative and regulatory change 
 Risk-management process, identifying key risks 
facing the business 

The Company has key controls, as follows: 
 Authority limits and controls over cash-handling, 
purchasing commitments and capital expenditure 
 A budgeting process, with a detailed 12-month 
operating plan and a mid-term financial plan,  
both approved by the board 
 Business results reported weekly, with a report 
compared with budget and the previous year 
 Forecasts prepared regularly throughout the year,  
for review by the board 
 Complex treasury instruments are not used. The 
Company, from time to time, as stated in our report and 
accounts, enters into swap arrangements which fix 
interest rates at certain levels for a number of years 
and enters into supply arrangements with fixed prices 
for electricity and gas, for example, which run for 
between one and three years 
 An annual review of the amount of external 
insurance which it obtains, bearing in mind the 
availability of such cover, its costs and the likelihood of 
the risks involved 
 Regular evaluation of processes and controls,  
in relation to the Company’s financial  
reporting requirements 

The directors confirm that they have reviewed the 
effectiveness of the system of internal control.  

92 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 

Remuneration and nomination 

Remuneration committee 
The committee is responsible for determining the 
remuneration received by executive directors and 
senior managers. When setting levels of remuneration, 
the committee seeks to ensure that they are sufficient 
to attract and retain people with the necessary skills 
and experience. The committee seeks to ensure that 
remuneration is not excessive and is in line with 
amounts paid by comparable companies. In setting 
executive directors’ remuneration, the committee takes 
into account wider workforce remuneration policies 
throughout the Company, with many elements 
extending throughout much of the Company at varying 
levels according to seniority and length of service. 

The remuneration policy operated as intended during 
the year – no changes were made and no discretion 
has been applied.  

The committee has taken on board feedback from 
shareholders. During the remuneration policy’s 
updating in the year, it has sought to make clearer how 
elements of the policy are applied. The proposed new 
policy incorporates changes relating to company 
pension contributions and shareholding requirements, 
following the Revised Corporate Governance  
Code 2018. 

The directors’ report on remuneration is set out on 
pages 78–87. 

Directors’ remunerations are clearly presented in the 
accounts. The remuneration policy is clearly stated, 
and the calculation of performance measures is 
explained. The remuneration policy does not overly rely 
on target-based incentives, with share awards given 
based on profit, earnings per share and owners’ 
earnings growth, as well as some shares awarded 
without performance targets as part of a  
companywide scheme. 

Awards made are predictable and within a range  
of values. The remuneration committee can apply 
discretion in the application of awards. 

The terms of reference of the remuneration committee 
are available on the Company’s website.  

Nomination committee  
The committee meets at least annually and: 
 reviews the board structure, size, diversity (including 
gender), composition and successional needs, keeping 
under review the balance of membership between 
executive and non-executive and the required blend 
of skills, experience, knowledge and independence 
on the board. 
 formally proposes any new executive or non-
executive directors for the approval of the whole  
board, following a reasonable process for such  
an appointment.  
 reviews the leadership and successional needs of 
the organisation, with a view to ensuring the long-term 
success of the Company. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

 ensures that all directors offer themselves for  
annual re-election by shareholders. 

No director is involved in any decision about his or her 
own reappointment. In carrying out these activities,  
the non-executive directors follow the guidelines of the 
Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators 
(ICSA) and comply with the Code. 

The terms of reference of the nomination committee 
are available on the Company’s website. 

Employment policies 
Staff are encouraged to make a commitment to the 
Company’s success and to progress to more senior 
roles as they develop.  

In selecting, training and promoting staff, the Company 
has to take account of the physically demanding nature 
of much of its work. The Company is committed  
to equality of opportunity and to the elimination of 
discrimination in employment.  

The Company aims to create and maintain a working 
environment, terms and conditions of employment and 
personnel and management practices which ensure 
that no individual receives less favourable treatment  
on the grounds of his or her race, religion or belief, 
nationality, ethnic origin, age, disability, gender 
(including gender reassignment), sexual orientation, 
part-time status or marital status.  

Employees who become disabled will be retained, 
where possible, and retrained, where necessary. 

The Company has established a range of policies, 
covering issues such as diversity, employees’ well-
being and equal opportunities, aimed at ensuring that 
all employees are treated fairly and consistently.  

Internal communications seek to ensure that staff are 
well informed about the Company’s progress, through 
the use of regular newsletters, the Company’s intranet 
and staff liaison discussion, at which employees’  
views are discussed and taken into account. 

All pub staff participate in bonus schemes related  
to sales, profits, stocks and service standards.  

The Company has not appointed a director for the 
workforce, set up a workforce advisory panel or 
designated a non-executive director as being 
responsible for the workforce. The Company believes 
that workforce engagement is the responsibility of all 
directors. Examples of steps taken to foster workforce 
engagement are disclosed in the strategic report 
on page 63. 

Approved by order of the board 

Nigel Connor 
Company Secretary 
15 October 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS 

Ordinary shareholdings at 24 July 2020 

Shares of 2p each 

Number of 
shareholders 

% of total 
shareholders 

Number 

% of total shares 
held 

Up to 2,500 
2,501–10,000 
10,001–250,000 
250,001–500,000 
500,001–1,000,000 
Over 1,000,000 

3,829 
258 
202 
25 
16 
14 

1,661,827 
88.1 
5.9 
1,232,602 
4.7  13,130,043 
0.6 
8,799,680 
0.4  11,863,271 
0.3  83,692,732 

1.4 
1.0 
10.9 
7.3 
9.9 
69.5 

4,344 

100.0  120,380,155 

100.0 

Source: Computershare Investor Services plc 

Substantial shareholdings 
The Company has been notified of the following substantial holdings in its share capital at 24 July 2020: 

Tim Martin 
Columbia Threadneedle Investments 
Immersion Capital 
Phoenix Asset Management Partners 
Norges Bank Investment Mgt 
J D Wetherspoon plc Company Share Plan* 
Aberdeen Standard Investments (Standard Life) 
BlackRock Investment Mgt - Index 

Number of 
ordinary shares 

% of share 
capital 

32,976,209 
17,512,634 

6,573,354 

3,578,490 

3,400,223 

3,395,910 

3,183,925 

2,722,968 

27.4 
14.6 

5.5 

3.0 

2.8 

2.8 

2.6 

2.3 

Source: Investec Bank plc. This schedule shows the consolidated shareholdings of individuals and companies,  
whereas the first table shows shareholdings by individual holding. 

*This represents shares which have been purchased by the Company for the benefit of employees under the SIP.  
Please see pages 80–81. This includes vested shares held by employees.  

Share prices 

28 July 2019 

Low 

High 

26 July 2020 

1,540p 

559p 

1,734p 

892p 

Shareholders’ enquiries 

If you have a query about your shareholding, please contact the Company’s registrars directly: 
Computershare Investor Services plc: uk.computershare.com/investor 
0370 707 1091 

Annual report 

Paper copies of this annual report are available from the company secretary, at the registered office. 

E-mail: investorqueries@jdwetherspoon.co.uk 

This annual report is available on the Company’s website: jdwetherspoon.com/investors-home 

94 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fdfdfds 
PUBS OPENED DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR 

Name 
The Railway 

Address 
113 Station Road 

Town 
Rainham 

Postcode  Country 
England 

ME8 7SF 

Charles Henry Roe 

39/41 Austhorpe Road 

Cross Gates 

LS15 8BA 

England 

   PUBS CLOSED DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR 

Name 
The Last Plantagenet 

Address 
107 Granby Street 

Town 
Leicester 

Postcode  Country 
England 

LE1 6FD 

The Baron of Hinckley 

5–7 Regent Street 

Hinckley 

LE10 0AZ 

England 

The Penny Black 

14–18 Bull Ring 

Kidderminster 

DY10 2AZ 

England 

The Rhinoceros 

35–37 Bridgegate 

Rotherham 

S60 1PL 

England 

The Brun Lea (Lloyds) 

31–39 Manchester Road 

Burnley 

BB11 1HG 

England 

The Isaac Merritt 

54–58 Torquay Road 

Paignton 

TQ3 3AA 

England 

The Time Piece 

11–15a Northgate 

Dewsbury 

WF13 1DS 

England 

The Lord Moon of the Mall 

16–18 Whitehall 

London 

SW1A 2DY 

England 

The Standard Bearer 

1 The Plaza 

Stevenage 

SG1 1PF 

England 

J D WETHERSPOON PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wetherspoon owns  
and operates pubs 
throughout the UK  
and Ireland. The  
company aims to  
provide customers  
with good-quality  
food and drinks,  
served by well-trained  
and friendly staff, at 
reasonable prices. 

The pubs are  
individually designed,  
and the company aims  
to maintain them in 
excellent condition.

Contents 

SECTION 1 

1 

Financial highlights 

Chairman’s statement 

2 
14  Pre-IFRS 16 Income statement1 
14  Reconciliation to statutory profit1 
15  Pre-IFRS 16 Cash flow statement1  
16  Pre-IFRS 16 Balance sheet1 

17 

Income statement 

17  Statement of comprehensive income 

18  Cash flow statement  

19  Balance sheet 

20  Statement of changes in equity 

21  Notes to the financial statements 

SECTION 2 

54  Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with IFRSs 

54  Accounting policies 

62  Strategic report 

66 

Independent auditors’ report 

74  Directors, officers and advisers 

75  Directors’ report 

78  Directors’ remuneration report 

88  Corporate governance 

94 

Information for shareholders 

95  Pubs opened and closed during the period 

Financial calendar 

Annual general meeting 
17 December 2020 

Interim report for 2021 
March 2021 

Year end 
25 July 2021 

Preliminary announcement for 2021 
September 2021 

View this report online: 
jdwetherspoon.com/investors-home 

1. In the period the company adopted IFRS 16 leases with effect from 29 July 2019 which replaced the previous applicable accounting standard, IAS 17 Leases. To 
provide meaningful comparatives an income statement, cash flow and balance sheet under IAS 17 have been published on pages 14–16. These pages do not form part of 
the audited financial statements and are prepared under the previous year’s accounting standards. 

Untitled-3   1

06/11/2020   16:46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
J D Wetherspoon plc 
Wetherspoon House, Central Park 
Reeds Crescent, Watford, WD24 4QL

01923 477777
jdwetherspoon.com

J D Wetherspoon plc

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2020

J

D
W
e
t
h
e
r
s
p
o
o
n

p

l
c

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T
A
N
D
F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2
0
2
0